WO2014045968A1 - Ink composition, ink set, and method for forming image - Google Patents

Ink composition, ink set, and method for forming image Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014045968A1
WO2014045968A1 PCT/JP2013/074544 JP2013074544W WO2014045968A1 WO 2014045968 A1 WO2014045968 A1 WO 2014045968A1 JP 2013074544 W JP2013074544 W JP 2013074544W WO 2014045968 A1 WO2014045968 A1 WO 2014045968A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ink
group
ink composition
meth
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/074544
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
康史 大石
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2014045968A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014045968A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/322Pigment inks
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/02Printing inks
    • C09D11/10Printing inks based on artificial resins
    • C09D11/101Inks specially adapted for printing processes involving curing by wave energy or particle radiation, e.g. with UV-curing following the printing
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/40Ink-sets specially adapted for multi-colour inkjet printing

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an ink composition, an ink set, and an image forming method.
  • the image forming method based on the ink jet method is an image forming method widely used in the fields of office printers, home printers, and the commercial field because desired image formation is possible on various recording media.
  • an image forming method using an inkjet method a method is known in which an ink containing a polymerizable compound applied on a recording medium is cured by irradiation with an active energy ray such as ultraviolet rays to form an image.
  • an ink composition and a treatment liquid containing an aggregating component that aggregates the components in the ink composition are used, and the components in the ink composition are aggregated on a recording medium.
  • a technique for forming an image by the above method is also known.
  • an image forming method combining these methods has been studied.
  • an ink set excellent in image drawability and scratch resistance an ink composition containing a pigment, polymer particles, and a water-soluble polymerizable compound, and an aggregating component for aggregating the components in the ink composition are included.
  • Ink sets containing a treatment liquid are known (for example, JP 2010-70693 A, JP 2010-69805 A, JP 2011-46872 A, JP 2011-46871 A, (See 2011-174013 and JP2011-195822).
  • image cracking may occur (particularly during drying after application of ink). Further, in this image, gloss unevenness may occur on the image surface.
  • the gloss unevenness tends to be suppressed to some extent when polymer particles are contained in the ink composition, it may be required to further suppress the gloss unevenness. Moreover, it is difficult to suppress the image cracking only by including polymer particles in the ink composition.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above, and an object of the present invention is to provide an ink composition, an ink set, and an image forming method capable of forming an image in which uneven gloss is suppressed and image cracking is suppressed.
  • the present inventor obtained the knowledge that the above problem can be solved by combining a specific polymerizable compound and a polymer particle having a glass transition temperature of a specific value or more, and based on this knowledge, completed the present invention. It was. That is, specific means for solving the above-described problems are as follows.
  • a plurality of R 1 s each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a plurality of R 2 s each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R ⁇ 3 > represents a bivalent coupling group each independently.
  • k represents 2 or 3 each independently.
  • x, y, and z each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6, and x + y + z satisfies 0 to 18.
  • the polymer constituting the polymer particle contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit having an aromatic group and a structural unit having an alicyclic group.
  • the polymer constituting the polymer particle contains, as a structural unit having an aromatic group, at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit having a benzyl group and a structural unit having a phenoxy group ⁇ 1>.
  • the polymer constituting the polymer particles contains 3% by mass to 45% by mass of a structural unit having an aromatic group with respect to the total amount of the polymer, according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4> Ink composition.
  • the polymer constituting the polymer particle is 3% by mass in total of at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from benzyl (meth) acrylate and a structural unit derived from phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate. 45 mass%, a total of 5 mass% to 20 mass% of structural units derived from (meth) acrylic acid, and a total of 40 mass% to 90 mass% of structural units derived from alkyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the ink composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>.
  • ⁇ 7> The ink composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the polymer particles are polymer particles obtained by a phase inversion emulsification method.
  • ⁇ 8> The ink composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the polymer particles have a glass transition temperature of 100 ° C. or higher.
  • An ink set comprising the ink composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, and a treatment liquid containing an aggregating component that aggregates the components in the ink composition.
  • An image forming method comprising: a treatment liquid application step for applying a treatment liquid containing an aggregating component to be applied onto a recording medium; and a drying step for drying the image after the treatment liquid application step and the ink application step.
  • the recording medium is a coated paper having a base paper and a coating layer containing an inorganic pigment.
  • the ink application step is provided after the treatment liquid application step.
  • an ink composition capable of forming an image in which gloss unevenness is suppressed and image cracking is suppressed.
  • the term “process” is not only included in an independent process, but is included in the term if the intended effect of this process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
  • numerical ranges indicated using “to” indicate ranges including numerical values described before and after “to” as the minimum value and the maximum value, respectively.
  • the amount of each component in the composition when there are a plurality of substances corresponding to each component in the composition, the plurality of substances present in the composition unless otherwise specified. Means the total amount.
  • (meth) acrylamide means acrylamide or methacrylamide
  • (meth) acrylic acid means acrylic acid or methacrylic acid
  • (meth) acrylate means acrylate or methacrylate. means.
  • the ink composition of the present invention contains pigment, water, a (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the following general formula (1), a polymerization initiator, and polymer particles having a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. or higher.
  • a plurality of R 1 s each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a plurality of R 2 s each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R ⁇ 3 > represents a bivalent coupling group each independently.
  • k represents 2 or 3 each independently.
  • x, y, and z each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6, and x + y + z satisfies 0 to 18.
  • image cracking may occur. This image cracking tends to occur particularly during drying after ink is applied. Further, when an image is formed by applying two (two colors) or more of ink compositions on a recording medium so as to have an overlapping portion, the ink composition applied as the uppermost layer tends to be remarkably generated. . A possible cause of image cracking is insufficient image strength when exposed to high temperatures such as when the ink is dried.
  • gloss unevenness refers to gloss unevenness that is confirmed when the image surface is visually observed.
  • gloss unevenness when an ink composition is applied on a recording medium and components such as pigments contained in the ink composition are aggregated to form an image, the degree of aggregation varies depending on the position (unevenness). May occur.
  • the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1) is used as the polymerizable compound, and the polymer particles having a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. or higher are used as the polymer particles. The image cracking and the gloss unevenness are suppressed.
  • the treatment liquid here is a liquid containing an aggregating component that aggregates the components in the ink composition (details will be described later).
  • the ink composition contains the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1), so that it is applied to the recording medium (preferably together with the treatment liquid) and is in the middle of drying. It is considered that the viscosity of the ink composition increases, thereby further enhancing the effect of the polymer particles (the effect of suppressing variation in the degree of aggregation of the pigment), and thus suppressing uneven gloss.
  • the glass transition temperature of the polymer particles when the glass transition temperature of the polymer particles is changed to less than 90 ° C., image cracking tends to occur. Further, gloss unevenness tends to occur. From the viewpoint of further suppressing image cracking, the glass transition temperature is preferably 100 ° C. or higher. Although there is no restriction
  • a polymerizable compound other than the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1) for example, a polymerizable compound (for example, When a (meth) acrylamide compound other than the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1) is used, image cracking may occur and gloss unevenness may occur. The reason for this is considered that the effect of increasing the viscosity of the ink composition in the middle of drying is insufficient.
  • the ink composition of the present invention contains at least one polymer particle having a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. or higher (hereinafter also referred to as “specific polymer particle”). Unlike the polymer dispersant described later (a polymer dispersant that covers at least a part of the pigment), the specific polymer particles are particles that exist separately from the pigment. More specifically, the specific polymer particles have a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. Particles composed of the above-described polymer (hereinafter also referred to as “specific polymer”). In general, the inclusion of polymer particles in the ink composition improves the adhesion of the image to the recording medium and the scratch resistance of the image.
  • the polymer particles are brought into contact with the treatment liquid or a region where the polymer particles are dried. It has a function of fixing the ink composition by destabilizing and agglomerating in the inside and thickening the ink composition. Thereby, the adhesion of the ink composition to the recording medium and the scratch resistance of the image can be further improved.
  • the glass transition temperature of the polymer particles is 90 ° C. or higher (that is, due to the specific polymer particles), image cracking is suppressed.
  • a preferable range of the glass transition temperature is as described above.
  • the glass transition temperature (T g ) of the specific polymer particles can be appropriately controlled by a commonly used method.
  • the glass transition temperature (T g ) of the specific polymer particle can be selected by appropriately selecting the type of monomer (polymerizable compound) constituting the specific polymer particle, its constituent ratio, the molecular weight of the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle, and the like. It can be controlled within a desired range.
  • the measured Tg obtained by actual measurement is applied as the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer particles.
  • the measurement Tg means a value measured under normal measurement conditions using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) EXSTAR 6220 manufactured by SII Nanotechnology.
  • DSC differential scanning calorimeter
  • calculation Tg calculated by the following calculation formula is applied.
  • the homopolymer glass transition temperature value (Tg i ) of each monomer is the value of Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (by J. Brandrup, EH Immergut (Wiley-Interscience, 1989)).
  • the specific polymer particles are preferably polymer particles obtained by a phase inversion emulsification method, and the following self-dispersing polymer particles (self-dispersing polymer particles) are more preferable.
  • the self-dispersing polymer is dispersed in an aqueous medium by a functional group (particularly an acidic group or a salt thereof) possessed by the polymer itself when it is dispersed by a phase inversion emulsification method in the absence of a surfactant.
  • a water-insoluble polymer that can be in a state.
  • the dispersed state refers to an emulsified state (emulsion) in which a water-insoluble polymer is dispersed in an aqueous medium and a dispersed state (suspension) in which a water-insoluble polymer is dispersed in an aqueous medium. It includes both states.
  • Water-insoluble means that the amount dissolved in 100 parts by mass of water (25 ° C.) is 5.0 parts by mass or less.
  • phase inversion emulsification method for example, a polymer is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent (for example, a water-soluble organic solvent) and then poured into water as it is without adding a surfactant.
  • a solvent for example, a water-soluble organic solvent
  • examples include a method of obtaining an aqueous dispersion in an emulsified or dispersed state after stirring and mixing in a state in which a group (for example, an acidic group) is neutralized and removing the solvent.
  • self-dispersing polymer particles examples include self-dispersing polymer particles described in paragraphs 0090 to 0121 of JP2010-64480A and paragraphs 0130 to 0167 of JP2011-068805A. Those having a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. or higher can be selected and used.
  • the polymer constituting the specific polymer particles preferably has at least one of a structural unit having an aromatic group and a structural unit having an alicyclic group.
  • the alicyclic group is synonymous with the cyclic aliphatic group.
  • the strength of the formed image can be further improved (for example, scratch resistance and blocking resistance).
  • the structural unit contained in the specific polymer may be referred to as “constituent component”.
  • structural unit having an aromatic group examples include a structural unit having a phenyl group, a structural unit having a benzyl group, a structural unit having a phenoxy group, and a structural unit having a phenethyl group.
  • a structural unit and a structural unit having a phenoxy group are preferred.
  • the structural unit having an aromatic group is preferably a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic group (hereinafter also referred to as “aromatic group-containing monomer”).
  • aromatic group-containing monomer is preferably a monomer having an aromatic group derived from an aromatic hydrocarbon and an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the aromatic group-containing monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • aromatic group-containing monomer examples include aromatic group-containing (meth) acrylate monomers (for example, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, etc.), styrene monomers, and the like. Can be mentioned.
  • the aromatic group-containing monomer is preferably an aromatic group-containing (meth) acrylate monomer, such as phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meta ) Acrylate and at least one selected from phenyl (meth) acrylate, more preferably phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate and benzyl (meth) acrylate.
  • aromatic group-containing (meth) acrylate monomer such as phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meta ) Acrylate and at least one selected from phenyl (meth) acrylate, more preferably phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate and benzyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the structural unit having an alicyclic group is preferably a structural unit derived from a monomer having an alicyclic group (hereinafter also referred to as “alicyclic group-containing monomer”).
  • the alicyclic group-containing monomer is preferably a monomer having an alicyclic group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic group (hereinafter referred to as “alicyclic (meth) acrylate”.
  • alicyclic (meth) acrylate are also preferred).
  • the alicyclic (meth) acrylate includes a structural site derived from (meth) acrylic acid and a structural site derived from alcohol, and the structural site derived from alcohol is unsubstituted or substituted. It has a structure containing at least one hydrogen group.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be a structural site derived from alcohol itself or may be bonded to a structural site derived from alcohol via a linking group.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited as long as it contains a cyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon group, and is a monocyclic hydrocarbon group, a bicyclic hydrocarbon group, a tricyclic or more polycyclic group.
  • a hydrocarbon group is mentioned.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a bicyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a dicyclopentanyl group, a dicyclopentenyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, an alkyl or arylcarbonyl group, and a cyano group. Is mentioned.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may further form a condensed ring.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group in the present invention preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group portion from the viewpoint of viscosity and solubility.
  • Monocyclic (meth) acrylates include cyclopropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclobutyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, cycloheptyl (meth) acrylate, cyclooctyl (meth) acrylate, and cyclononyl.
  • Examples thereof include cycloalkyl (meth) acrylates having 3 to 10 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group such as (meth) acrylate and cyclodecyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the bicyclic (meth) acrylate include isobornyl (meth) acrylate and norbornyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the tricyclic (meth) acrylate include adamantyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, and dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate. These can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the alicyclic (meth) acrylate bicyclic (meth) acrylate and tricyclic or more polycyclic It is preferably at least one selected from (meth) acrylates, more preferably at least one selected from isobornyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate. .
  • the total content of the structural unit having the aromatic group and the structural unit having the alicyclic group is 3% by mass to 95% by mass. preferable.
  • the stability of the self-emulsification or dispersion state can be improved, and further the increase in ink viscosity can be suppressed.
  • the specific polymer particles have a structural unit having an aromatic group.
  • the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle includes a structural unit having the aromatic group, and the content of the structural unit having the aromatic group is 3 with respect to the total amount of the polymer. It is in the form of mass% to 45 mass% (more preferably 3 to 40 mass%, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mass%). With this form, it becomes easier to adjust the glass transition temperature of the specific polymer particles to 90 ° C. or higher.
  • the polymer constituting the specific polymer particles preferably includes a hydrophilic structural unit from the viewpoint of dispersibility in the ink composition (self-dispersibility in the case of self-dispersing polymer particles).
  • the hydrophilic structural unit is preferably a structural unit derived from a monomer having a hydrophilic group (hereinafter also referred to as “hydrophilic group-containing monomer”).
  • the hydrophilic structural unit may be derived from one type of hydrophilic group-containing monomer or may be derived from two or more types of hydrophilic group-containing monomers.
  • the hydrophilic group is not particularly limited, and may be a dissociable group or a nonionic hydrophilic group.
  • the hydrophilic group is preferably a dissociable group, more preferably an anionic dissociable group, from the viewpoint of promoting self-dispersion of the polymer particles and the stability of the formed emulsified or dispersed state.
  • the dissociable group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, and a sulfonic acid group. Among them, a carboxyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of fixability of an ink composition obtained using the specific polymer.
  • the hydrophilic group-containing monomer is preferably a dissociable group-containing monomer from the viewpoint of self-dispersibility and aggregation of polymer particles, and is a dissociable group-containing monomer having a dissociable group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Preferably there is.
  • the dissociable group-containing monomer include an unsaturated carboxylic acid monomer, an unsaturated sulfonic acid monomer, and an unsaturated phosphoric acid monomer.
  • the unsaturated carboxylic acid monomer examples include (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, and 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinic acid.
  • Specific examples of the unsaturated sulfonic acid monomer include styrene sulfonic acid, 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid, 3-sulfopropyl (meth) acrylate, bis- (3-sulfopropyl) -itaconate, and the like. Is mentioned.
  • the unsaturated phosphoric acid monomer examples include vinylphosphonic acid, vinyl phosphate, bis (methacryloxyethyl) phosphate, diphenyl-2-acryloyloxyethyl phosphate, diphenyl-2-methacryloyloxyethyl phosphate, dibutyl-2 -Acryloyloxyethyl phosphate and the like.
  • the dissociable group-containing monomers an unsaturated carboxylic acid monomer is preferable and (meth) acrylic acid is more preferable from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and ejection stability.
  • the content of the hydrophilic structural unit in the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the content is 2% by mass with respect to the total amount of the specific polymer particle. Is preferably 30% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 5% by mass to 15% by mass.
  • the polymer constituting the specific polymer particles preferably includes a structural unit having an alkyl group from the viewpoint of flexibility of the polymer skeleton and easy control of the glass transition temperature (Tg).
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group in the structural unit having an alkyl group is preferably 1 to 4.
  • the structural unit having an alkyl group is preferably a structural unit derived from a monomer having an alkyl group (hereinafter also referred to as “alkyl group-containing monomer”).
  • alkyl group-containing monomer examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, alkyl (meth) acrylates such as t-butyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate; hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) Ethylenically unsaturated monomers having a hydroxyl group such as acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypentyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate; Dialkylaminoalkyl (me
  • alkyl (meth) acrylate is preferable, alkyl (meth) acrylate having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, methyl (meth) acrylate or ethyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable, methyl (meth) acrylate Is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the structural unit having an alkyl group in the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the content is 5 mass with respect to the total amount of the specific polymer particle. % To 90% by weight, more preferably 30% to 90% by weight, still more preferably 40% to 90% by weight, particularly preferably 50% to 90% by weight, most preferably 60% to 85% by weight. preferable.
  • the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle may contain a structural unit other than the above-described structural unit, if necessary.
  • preferred forms of the copolymerization ratio of the polymer constituting the specific polymer particles are as follows. That is, the preferred form from the above viewpoint is that the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle is 3% by mass to 45% by mass in terms of a copolymerization ratio of the structural unit having the aromatic group (preferably benzyl group or phenoxy group). More preferably 3 to 40% by mass, particularly preferably 5 to 30% by mass) and a hydrophilic structural unit as a copolymerization ratio of 2 to 30% by mass (more preferably 5 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably).
  • a more preferable form of the specific polymer particle is 3% by mass to 45% by mass (more preferably) with a copolymerization ratio of at least one of a structural unit derived from benzyl (meth) acrylate or a structural unit derived from phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the molecular weight range of the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle is preferably 3000 to 200,000, more preferably 5000 to 150,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 100,000 in terms of weight average molecular weight.
  • the weight average molecular weight By setting the weight average molecular weight to 3000 or more, the amount of water-soluble components can be effectively suppressed.
  • self-dispersion stability can be improved by making a weight average molecular weight into 200,000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle is measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • HLC-8020GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation
  • TSKgel Supermultipore HZ-H (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 4.6 mm ID ⁇ 15 cm) are used as columns
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • the sample concentration is 0.45% by mass
  • the flow rate is 0.35 ml / min
  • the sample injection amount is 10 ⁇ l
  • the measurement temperature is 40 ° C.
  • an IR detector is used.
  • the calibration curves are standard samples TSK standard, polystyrene F-40, F-20, F-4, F-1, A-5000, A-2500, A-1000, and n-propylbenzene manufactured by Tosoh Corporation. 8 samples are prepared.
  • the average particle diameter of the specific polymer particles (particularly self-dispersing polymer particles) in the present invention is preferably in the range of 10 to 400 nm in terms of volume average particle diameter, more preferably in the range of 10 to 200 nm, and still more preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm. Particularly preferably, it is in the range of 10 to 50 nm. Manufacturability is improved when the volume average particle diameter is 10 nm or more. Moreover, storage stability improves that a volume average particle diameter is 400 nm or less.
  • the particle size distribution of the polymer particles is not particularly limited, and may be either a wide particle size distribution or a monodispersed particle size distribution.
  • the average particle size and particle size distribution of the specific polymer particles are determined by measuring the volume average particle size by a dynamic light scattering method using a nanotrack particle size distribution measuring device UPA-EX150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). It is required.
  • the ink composition in the present invention may contain one kind of specific polymer particles (preferably self-dispersing polymer particles), or two or more kinds.
  • the content (total content) of the specific polymer particles (preferably self-dispersing polymer particles) in the ink composition is preferably 0.5 to 5.0% by mass relative to the total amount of the ink composition. 5 to 3.0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 2.0% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • an ink composition having a polymer particle content of 5.0% by mass or less tends to cause image cracking and gloss unevenness.
  • the content of the specific polymer particles (relative to the total amount of the ink composition) in the ink composition of the present invention is 5.0% by mass or less, image cracking caused by the specific polymer particles and the specific (meth) acrylamide compound. The effect of suppression and gloss unevenness suppression is more remarkable. Further, when the content of the specific polymer particles (relative to the total amount of the ink composition) in the ink composition of the present invention is 5.0% by mass or less, the dischargeability and stability of the ink composition are further improved.
  • the ink composition of the present invention contains at least one (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the following general formula (1).
  • a plurality of R 1 s each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a plurality of R 2 s each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R ⁇ 3 > represents a bivalent coupling group each independently.
  • k represents 2 or 3 each independently.
  • x, y, and z each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6, and x + y + z satisfies 0 to 18.
  • k is the same within one C k H 2k O unit.
  • the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1) (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific (meth) acrylamide compound” or “compound represented by the general formula (1)”) has four in one molecule. It is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylamide compound having a (meth) acrylamide structure.
  • the (meth) acrylamide structure is also referred to as “(meth) acrylamide group”.
  • This specific (meth) acrylamide compound is, for example, curability based on polymerization reaction by applying energy such as active energy rays such as ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, X rays, ultraviolet rays, visible rays, infrared rays, electron rays, and heat.
  • the said specific (meth) acrylamide compound shows water solubility, and melt
  • water-soluble means that it can be dissolved in water at a certain concentration or more, and it only needs to have a property that can be dissolved in water-based ink or, in some cases, in a processing liquid.
  • solubility in water is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 15% by mass or more.
  • Specific (meth) acrylamide compounds are more soluble in water and more efficient than other tetrafunctional or higher polymerizable compounds (for example, tetrafunctional or higher (meth) acrylamide compounds other than specific (meth) acrylamide compounds).
  • tetrafunctional or higher (meth) acrylamide compounds other than specific (meth) acrylamide compounds.
  • the ink composition of the present invention contains the specific (meth) acrylamide compound
  • the effect of suppressing variation in the degree of aggregation of the pigment due to the specific polymer particles is further enhanced, and gloss unevenness is suppressed. Furthermore, image cracking is suppressed.
  • the reason why image cracking and gloss unevenness are suppressed is that the ink composition contains a specific (meth) acrylamide compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1), so that the recording medium (preferably together with the processing liquid). This is probably because the viscosity of the ink composition that has been applied and is in the middle of drying increases.
  • a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylamide compound is sometimes contained in an ink composition (for example, JP 2011-174013 A, JP 2011-195822 A, etc.). Then, the effect of a viscosity increase as the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1) cannot be obtained. For this reason, in the ink composition of the present invention, when a conventional tetrafunctional (meth) acrylamide compound is used instead of the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1), the ink composition can be obtained according to the present invention. The effect of suppressing image cracking and the effect of suppressing gloss unevenness cannot be obtained.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R ⁇ 1 > may mutually be same or different.
  • R 2 represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a plurality of R 2 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • R 2 is preferably an alkylene group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a linear alkylene group having 3 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group for R 2 may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an aryl group and an alkoxy group.
  • R 2 does not have a structure in which an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom bonded to both ends of R 2 are bonded to the same carbon atom of R 2 .
  • R 2 is a linear or branched alkylene group that connects the oxygen atom and the nitrogen atom of the (meth) acrylamide group.
  • the alkylene group has a branched structure, the —O—C—N— structure (hemaminal structure) in which the oxygen atoms at both ends and the nitrogen atom of the (meth) acrylamide group are bonded to the same carbon atom in the alkylene group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) does not include a compound having such a structure.
  • a compound having an —O—C—N— structure in the molecule is likely to decompose at the position of the carbon atom, so that it is easily decomposed during storage and causes a decrease in storage stability when contained in an ink composition. This is not preferable.
  • R 3 represents a divalent linking group, and a plurality of R 3 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by R 3 include an alkylene group, an arylene group, a heterocyclic group, or a group composed of a combination thereof, and an alkylene group is preferable.
  • the alkylene group may further include at least one group selected from —O—, —S—, and —NR a —.
  • R a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 contains an alkylene group
  • examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a heptylene group, an octylene group, and a nonylene group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group represented by R 3 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 1.
  • the alkylene group for R 3 may further contain at least one selected from —O—, —S—, and —NR a —.
  • alkylene group containing —O— examples include —C 2 H 4 —O—C 2 H 4 —, —C 3 H 6 —O—C 3 H 6 — and the like.
  • the alkylene group for R 3 may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an aryl group and an alkoxy group.
  • R 3 contains an arylene group
  • examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
  • the carbon number of the arylene group of R 3 is preferably 6 to 14, and preferably 6 to 10. More preferably, 6 is particularly preferable.
  • the arylene group for R 3 may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and an alkoxy group.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, which may be further condensed.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be an aromatic heterocyclic ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring.
  • heterocyclic group examples include pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, triazine, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, quinoxaline, pyrrole, indole, furan, benzofuran, thiophene, benzothiophene, pyrazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, And triazole, oxazole, benzoxazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, isothiazole, benzisothiazole, thiadiazole, isoxazole, benzisoxazole, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, imidazolidine, thiazoline and the like.
  • an aromatic heterocyclic group is preferable, and pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, triazine, pyrazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, isothiazole, benzisothiazole, and thiadiazole are preferable.
  • the heterocyclic group shown above is illustrated in a form in which the substitution position is omitted, the substitution position is not limited. For example, in the case of pyridine, substitution is made at the 2-position, 3-position, and 4-position. And can include all of these substitutions.
  • the heterocyclic group may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group.
  • K in the general formula (1) represents 2 or 3. Several k may mutually be same or different.
  • C k H 2k may be a linear structure or a branched structure.
  • X, y and z each independently represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • x + y + z satisfies 0 to 18, preferably satisfies 0 to 15, and more preferably satisfies 0 to 9.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms
  • R 3 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms).
  • k represents 2 or 3
  • x, y and z each independently represents an integer of 0 to 6, and x + y + z preferably satisfies 0 to 15.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) can be produced, for example, according to the following scheme 1 or scheme 2.
  • the first step is a step of obtaining a polycyano compound by reaction of acrylonitrile and trishydroxymethylaminomethane.
  • the reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 60 ° C. for 2 to 8 hours.
  • the second step is a step of reacting a polycyano compound with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst to obtain a polyamine compound by a reduction reaction.
  • the reaction in this step is preferably performed at 20 to 60 ° C. for 5 to 16 hours.
  • the third step is a step of obtaining a polyfunctional acrylamide compound by an acylation reaction between a polyamine compound and acrylic acid chloride or methacrylic acid chloride.
  • the reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 25 ° C. for 1 to 5 hours.
  • the acylating agent may be diacrylic anhydride or dimethacrylic anhydride instead of acid chloride.
  • the first step is a step of obtaining a nitrogen-protected aminoalcohol compound by introducing a protecting group with a benzyl group, benzyloxycarbonyl group or the like into the nitrogen atom of the aminoalcohol.
  • the reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 25 ° C. for 3 to 5 hours.
  • the second step is a step of obtaining a sulfonyl compound by introducing a leaving group such as a methanesulfonyl group or p-toluenesulfonyl group into the OH group of the nitrogen-protected aminoalcohol compound.
  • the reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 25 ° C. for 2 to 5 hours.
  • the third step is a step of obtaining an amino alcohol addition compound by SN2 reaction between a sulfonyl compound and trishydroxymethylnitromethane.
  • the reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 70 ° C. for 5 to 10 hours.
  • the fourth step is a step of reacting an amino alcohol addition compound with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst to obtain a polyamine compound by hydrogenation reaction.
  • the reaction in this step is preferably performed at 20 to 60 ° C. for 5 to 16 hours.
  • the fifth step is a step of obtaining a polyfunctional acrylamide compound by an acylation reaction between a polyamine compound and acrylic acid chloride or methacrylic acid chloride.
  • the reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 25 ° C. for 1 to 5 hours.
  • the acylating agent may be diacrylic anhydride or dimethacrylic anhydride instead of acid chloride.
  • the compound obtained through the above steps can be obtained by purifying the reaction product solution by a conventional method.
  • it can be purified by liquid separation extraction using an organic solvent, crystallization using a poor solvent, column chromatography using silica gel, and the like.
  • the content of the specific (meth) acrylamide compound in the ink composition is preferably 3% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or more and 13% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the ink composition. More preferably, it is at least 13% by mass.
  • the content is 3% by mass or more, the uniformity of the viscosity of the ink composition when dried on the recording medium is further improved, so that the effects of image cracking suppression and gloss unevenness suppression are more effectively achieved. Is done.
  • the content is 15% by mass or less, since the uniformity of the viscosity of the ink composition when dried on the recording medium is further improved, the effects of image cracking suppression and gloss unevenness suppression are more effective. Played.
  • the ink composition of the present invention contains at least one (meth) acrylamide compound other than the specific (meth) acrylamide compound together with the specific (meth) acrylamide compound is also suitable.
  • the other (meth) acrylamide compound at least one of (meth) acrylamide compounds represented by the following general formula (2) (excluding the compound represented by the above general formula (1)) is preferable. is there.
  • the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (2) is also simply referred to as “compound represented by the general formula (2)”.
  • Q represents an n-valent group
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • N represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the range of the compound represented by the general formula (2) when n is 4 does not include the compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (2) is a compound in which an unsaturated vinyl monomer is bonded to the group Q through an amide bond.
  • the compound in which n in general formula (2) is 1 is a monofunctional (meth) acrylamide compound having one (meth) acrylamide structure in one molecule, and n in general formula (2) is 2 or more.
  • the compound which is an integer is a polyfunctional (meth) acrylamide compound having two or more (meth) acrylamide structures in one molecule.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the valence n of the group Q is 1 or more, preferably 1 or more, 6 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, particularly preferably 1 or more and 3 or less, from the viewpoint of improving permeability, polymerization efficiency, and ejection stability. preferable.
  • the group Q when n is 1 is not particularly limited as long as it is a monovalent group that can be linked to a (meth) acrylamide structure.
  • the group Q when n is 1 is preferably selected from water-soluble groups. Specific examples include monovalent residues obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms or hydroxyl groups from a compound selected from the following compound group X.
  • n is an integer of 2 or more
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 4 or less carbon atoms such as methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene group, saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring (pyridine ring)
  • a divalent or higher valent residue of a polyol compound containing 3 or more oxyalkylene groups (preferably oxyethylene groups) can be exemplified.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (2) include, for example, JP 2010-69805 A, JP 2011-46872 A, JP 2011-178896 A, JP 2011-174013 A, and JP 2011 2011. -195822 can be appropriately selected from water-soluble polymerizable compounds described in JP-A No. 195822.
  • the ink composition of the present invention is advantageous in terms of penetrability into a coated layer of a coated paper (for example, a coated layer containing an inorganic pigment, the same applies hereinafter) when coated paper is used as a recording medium.
  • a monofunctional (meth) acrylamide compound for example, a compound in which n in the general formula (2) is 1) together with the compound represented by the general formula (1) described above (specific (meth) acrylamide compound) It is preferable to contain. Thereby, not only the image by the ink composition but also the coating layer of the coated paper is cured, so that the adhesion of the image to the recording medium is further improved.
  • the content of the monofunctional (meth) acrylamide compound is preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 25% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink composition. % Is particularly preferred.
  • monofunctional (meth) acrylamide compounds include hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, and isopropyl (meth) acrylamide. Particularly preferred is hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, and most preferred is hydroxyethylacrylamide.
  • the ink composition of the present invention may contain a cationic polymerizable compound together with the specific (meth) acrylamide.
  • the cationic polymerizable compound is a compound having a cationic group and a polymerizable group such as an unsaturated double bond, and for example, epoxy monomers and octacene monomers can be suitably used.
  • the cationic polymerizable compound is contained, the cationic property of the ink composition is increased due to the presence of the cationic group, and color mixing when an anionic ink is used is more effectively prevented.
  • the total amount of the polymerizable compound (including at least specific (meth) acrylamide) with respect to the total amount of the ink composition is preferably 10% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, and 15% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less. Is more preferable.
  • the curing reactivity is good and the curing can be made uniform in the entire image.
  • the ink composition of the present invention contains at least one pigment.
  • the pigment is preferably a pigment that is almost insoluble or hardly soluble in water from the viewpoint of ink colorability.
  • the type of the pigment is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known organic pigment or inorganic pigment can be used.
  • Examples of the organic pigments include azo pigments, polycyclic pigments, dye chelates, nitro pigments, nitroso pigments, and aniline black. Among these, azo pigments and polycyclic pigments are more preferable.
  • Examples of the azo pigments include azo lakes, insoluble azo pigments, condensed azo pigments, and chelate azo pigments.
  • Examples of the polycyclic pigment include phthalocyanine pigments, perylene pigments, perinone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, indigo pigments, thioindigo pigments, isoindolinone pigments, and quinophthalone pigments.
  • Examples of the dye chelates include basic dye chelates and acidic dye chelates.
  • the inorganic pigment examples include titanium oxide, iron oxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, aluminum hydroxide, barium yellow, cadmium red, chrome yellow, and carbon black.
  • carbon black is particularly preferable.
  • said carbon black what was manufactured by well-known methods, such as a contact method, a furnace method, and a thermal method, is mentioned, for example.
  • the above pigments may be used alone or in combination of a plurality of types selected from within each group or between groups.
  • the content of the pigment in the ink composition is preferably 1 to 25% by mass with respect to the total mass of the ink composition from the viewpoint of color density, granularity, ink stability, and ejection reliability. An amount of 2 to 20% by mass is more preferable.
  • the pigment is preferably dispersed by a dispersant. That is, the ink composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one dispersant.
  • the pigment dispersant may be either a polymer dispersant or a low molecular surfactant type dispersant.
  • the polymer dispersant may be either a water-soluble dispersant or a water-insoluble dispersant.
  • low molecular surfactant type dispersant for example, known low molecular surfactant type dispersants described in paragraphs 0047 to 0052 of JP2011-178029A can be used.
  • examples of the water-soluble dispersant include hydrophilic polymer compounds.
  • natural hydrophilic polymer compounds include plant polymers such as gum arabic, tragan gum, guar gum, karaya gum, locust bean gum, arabinogalactone, pectin, quince seed starch, seaweeds such as alginic acid, carrageenan and agar.
  • examples include molecules, animal polymers such as gelatin, casein, albumin and collagen, and microorganism polymers such as xanthene gum and dextran.
  • hydrophilic polymer compounds modified from natural products fiber polymers such as methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, starch such as sodium starch glycolate and sodium starch phosphate And seaweed polymers such as sodium alginate, propylene glycol alginate, and the like.
  • synthetic hydrophilic polymer compounds include vinyl polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and polyvinyl methyl ether, non-crosslinked polyacrylamide, polyacrylic acid or alkali metal salts thereof, water-soluble styrene acrylic resins, and the like.
  • Acrylic resin water-soluble styrene maleic acid resin, water-soluble vinyl naphthalene acrylic resin, water-soluble vinyl naphthalene maleic acid resin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, alkali metal salts of ⁇ -naphthalene sulfonic acid formalin condensate, quaternary ammonium and amino
  • a polymer compound having a salt of a cationic functional group such as a group in the side chain
  • a natural polymer compound such as shellac.
  • water-soluble dispersants introduced with carboxyl groups are hydrophilic polymers such as homopolymers of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, styrene acrylic acid, and copolymers with monomers having other hydrophilic groups. Preferred as a compound.
  • a polymer having both a hydrophobic part and a hydrophilic part can be used as the water-insoluble dispersant.
  • styrene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer styrene- (meth) acrylic acid- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, (meth) acrylic acid ester- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, polyethylene glycol ( Examples thereof include a (meth) acrylate- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, a vinyl acetate-maleic acid copolymer, and a styrene-maleic acid copolymer.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer dispersant is preferably 3,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 5,000 to 40,000, and particularly preferably 10,000. 000 to 40,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight of a polymer dispersing agent is measured similarly to the weight average molecular weight of the polymer which comprises the above-mentioned specific polymer particle.
  • the polymer dispersant preferably contains a polymer having a carboxyl group from the viewpoints of self-dispersibility and aggregation rate when the treatment liquid comes into contact.
  • the polymer dispersant has a carboxyl group and has an acid value of 100 mgKOH / g or less.
  • a polymer having an acid value of 25 mgKOH / g to 100 mgKOH / g is more preferable.
  • a polymer dispersant having a carboxyl group and an acid value of 25 mgKOH / g to 100 mgKOH / g is effective. It is.
  • the processing liquid will be described later.
  • the mixing mass ratio (p: s) between the pigment (p) and the dispersant (s) is preferably in the range of 1: 0.06 to 1: 3, and in the range of 1: 0.125 to 1: 2. Is more preferably 1: 0.125 to 1: 1.5.
  • a dye may be used in addition to the pigment.
  • a dye held on a water-insoluble carrier can be used.
  • known dyes can be used without limitation.
  • the dyes described in JP-A No. 2001-115066, JP-A No. 2001-335714, JP-A No. 2002-249677 and the like are preferably used.
  • the carrier is not particularly limited as long as it is insoluble or hardly soluble in water, and can be selected from inorganic materials, organic materials, and composite materials thereof. Specifically, carriers described in JP-A Nos. 2001-181549 and 2007-169418 are preferably used.
  • the carrier holding the dye water-insoluble colored particles
  • the dispersant the above-described dispersants can be suitably used.
  • the present invention from the viewpoint of image light resistance and quality, it is preferable to include a pigment and a dispersant, including an organic pigment and a polymer dispersant, and at least a part of the pigment surface is coated with the polymer dispersant. More preferably, it is contained as a water-dispersible pigment. Furthermore, it is particularly preferable that the ink composition includes an organic pigment and a polymer dispersant containing a carboxyl group, and a water-dispersible pigment in which at least a part of the pigment surface is coated with a polymer dispersant having a carboxyl group. From the viewpoint of cohesiveness, the pigment is preferably coated with a polymer dispersant containing a carboxyl group and is insoluble in water.
  • the average particle diameter of the pigment in the dispersed state is preferably 10 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 10 nm to 150 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
  • the average particle size is 200 nm or less, the color reproducibility is good, and the droplet ejection characteristics when droplets are ejected by the ink jet method are good.
  • the average particle size is 10 nm or more, light resistance is improved.
  • the particle size distribution of the color material is not particularly limited, and may be either a wide particle size distribution or a monodisperse particle size distribution. Two or more color materials having a monodisperse particle size distribution may be mixed and used.
  • the average particle diameter of the pigment in the dispersed state indicates the average particle diameter in the ink state, but the same applies to the so-called concentrated ink dispersion in the previous stage before the ink is formed.
  • the average particle size and particle size distribution of the pigment in the dispersed state are determined in the same manner as the average particle size and particle size distribution of the specific polymer particles described above.
  • the ink composition of the present invention contains water. That is, the ink composition of the present invention is an aqueous ink composition. As water in this invention, it is preferable to use water which does not contain ionic impurities, such as ion-exchange water and distilled water.
  • the water content in the ink composition is appropriately selected according to the purpose, but is preferably 10% by mass to 99% by mass, and more preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink composition. % By mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 70% by mass.
  • the ink composition in the invention may contain at least one water-soluble organic solvent.
  • the water-soluble organic solvent include, for example, alkanediols (polyhydric alcohols) such as glycerin, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; sugar alcohols; and carbon numbers of 1 to 4 such as ethanol, methanol, butanol, propanol, and isopropanol.
  • water-soluble organic solvent for example, known water-soluble organic solvents described in paragraphs 0124 to 0135 of JP2011-074150, paragraphs 0104 to 0119 of JP2011-079901A, and the like may be used. it can.
  • the ink composition in the present invention contains a water-soluble organic solvent
  • the content thereof is preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the ink composition.
  • the ink composition of the present invention contains at least one polymerization initiator. Thereby, superposition
  • the said polymerization initiator can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
  • the polymerization initiator may be used in combination with a sensitizer.
  • the polymerization initiator can contain a compound that can initiate a polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound by active energy rays as appropriate.
  • the polymerization initiator include polymerization initiators (for example, photopolymerization initiators) that generate active species (radicals, acids, bases, etc.) by radiation or light, or electron beams.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include acetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophene, p-dimethylaminopropiophenone, benzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, p, p′-dichlorobenzophene, p, p'-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, Michler's ketone, benzyl, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin n-propyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin n-butyl ether, benzyldimethyl ketal, tetramethylthiuram mono Sulfide, thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, azobisisobutyronitrile, benzoin per
  • aromatic diazonium salts aromatic halonium salts, aromatic sulfonium salts, metallocene compounds such as triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantimonate and the like can be mentioned.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator in the ink composition includes the specific (meth) acrylamide compound described above (or a specific (meth) acrylamide compound when a polymerizable compound other than the specific (meth) acrylamide compound is included). 1 to 40% by mass is preferable, and 5 to 30% by mass is more preferable based on the entire polymerizable compound.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator is 1% by mass or more, the scratch resistance of the image is further improved, which is advantageous for high-speed recording, and when it is 40% by mass or less, it is advantageous in terms of ejection stability.
  • sensitizer examples include amines (aliphatic amines, amines containing aromatic groups, piperidine, etc.), ureas (allylic, o-tolylthiourea, etc.), sulfur compounds (sodium diethyldithiophosphate, aromatic sulfinic acid).
  • Soluble salts, etc. Soluble salts, etc.), nitrile compounds (N, N, di-substituted p-aminobenzonitrile, etc.), phosphorus compounds (tri-n-butylphosphine, netium diethyldithiophos feed, etc.), nitrogen compounds (Michler ketone, N-nitriso) Hydroxylamine derivatives, oxazolidine compounds, tetrahydro 1,3-oxazine compounds, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde and diamine condensates, etc.), chlorine compounds (carbon tetrachloride, hexachloroethane, etc.), polymerized amines of reaction products of epoxy resins and amines , Triethanolamine Acrylate, and the like.
  • a sensitizer can be contained in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention.
  • the ink composition in the present invention can contain at least one surfactant as required.
  • the surfactant can be used as a surface tension adjusting agent, for example.
  • As the surfactant a compound having a structure having both a hydrophilic part and a hydrophobic part in the molecule can be used effectively.
  • Anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, nonions Either a surfactant or a betaine surfactant can be used.
  • the above water-soluble polymer may be used as a surfactant.
  • a nonionic surfactant is preferable from the viewpoint of suppression of ink droplet ejection interference, and among them, an acetylene glycol derivative (acetylene glycol surfactant) is more preferable.
  • the acetylene glycol surfactants include 2,4,7,9-tetramethyl-5-decyne-4,7-diol and 2,4,7,9-tetramethyl-5-decyne-4, An alkylene oxide adduct of 7-diol can be used, and at least one selected from these is preferable.
  • Examples of commercially available products of these compounds include E series such as Olphine E1010 manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • the surfactant (surface tension adjusting agent)
  • the surfactant has a surface tension of 20 to 60 mN / m from the viewpoint of satisfactorily discharging the ink composition by an ink jet method.
  • the amount is preferably within the range that can be adjusted, more preferably from 20 to 45 mN / m, and even more preferably from 25 to 40 mN / m from the viewpoint of surface tension.
  • the specific amount of the surfactant is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably based on the total amount of the ink composition.
  • the content is 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 3% by mass.
  • the ink composition in the invention may contain other additives in addition to the above components.
  • Other additives include, for example, polymerization inhibitors, anti-drying agents (wetting agents), anti-fading agents, emulsion stabilizers, penetration enhancers, ultraviolet absorbers, preservatives, anti-fungal agents, pH adjusters, surface tension.
  • Well-known additives such as a regulator, an antifoamer, a viscosity regulator, a dispersion stabilizer, a rust inhibitor, a chelating agent, are mentioned.
  • the surface tension (25 ° C.) of the ink composition in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 mN / m or more and 60 mN / m or less. More preferably, it is 20 mN / m or more and 45 mN / m or less, More preferably, it is 25 mN / m or more and 40 mN / m or less.
  • the surface tension is measured under conditions of 25 ° C. using an Automatic Surface Tensiometer CBVP-Z (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
  • the viscosity of the ink composition in the invention is not particularly limited, but the viscosity at 25 ° C. is preferably 1.2 mPa ⁇ s or more and 15.0 mPa ⁇ s or less, more preferably 2 mPa ⁇ s or more. It is less than 13 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably 2.5 mPa ⁇ s or more and less than 10 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the viscosity is measured using a VISCOMETER TV-22 (manufactured by TOKI SANGYO CO. LTD) under the condition of 25 ° C. of the ink composition.
  • the pH of the ink composition in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7.5 to 10 and more preferably 8 to 9 from the viewpoint of ink stability and aggregation rate.
  • the pH of the ink composition is 25 ° C., and is measured by a commonly used pH measuring device (for example, multi water quality meter MM-60R manufactured by Toa DKK Co., Ltd.).
  • the pH of the ink composition can be appropriately adjusted using an acidic compound or a basic compound.
  • the acidic compound or the basic compound a commonly used compound can be used without particular limitation.
  • the ink set of the present invention includes at least one of the ink compositions of the present invention described above and at least one treatment liquid containing an aggregating component that aggregates the components in the ink composition.
  • an image using the treatment liquid together with the ink composition it is possible to increase the speed of ink jet recording, and even when recording at a high speed, drawability with high density and resolution (for example, reproducibility of fine lines and fine portions). ) Is excellent.
  • gloss unevenness tends to occur because an image is formed by aggregating pigments in the ink composition. For this reason, in the image formation using the processing liquid, the effect of suppressing uneven glossiness according to the present invention is more effectively achieved.
  • the viscosity of the ink composition in the middle of drying is remarkably increased mainly due to the effect of the specific (meth) acrylamide compound contained in the ink composition. Therefore, the effect of suppressing image cracking and the effect of suppressing gloss unevenness according to the present invention are particularly prominent.
  • the treatment liquid contains at least one aggregation component that aggregates the components in the ink composition.
  • This aggregating component forms an agglomerate when contacted with the ink composition.
  • the aggregation component may be a compound capable of changing the pH of the ink composition, a polyvalent metal salt, or a cationic polymer.
  • a compound capable of changing the pH of the ink composition is preferable, and a compound capable of lowering the pH of the ink composition is more preferable.
  • Examples of the compound that can lower the pH of the ink composition include acids (acidic substances).
  • Examples of the acid include sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, polyacrylic acid, acetic acid, glycolic acid, malonic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, ascorbic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, fumaric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, Lactic acid, sulfonic acid, orthophosphoric acid, pyrrolidone carboxylic acid, pyrone carboxylic acid, pyrrole carboxylic acid, furan carboxylic acid, pyridine carboxylic acid, coumaric acid, thiophene carboxylic acid, nicotinic acid, derivatives of these compounds, or salts thereof, etc.
  • An acid may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the pH (25 ° C.) of the treatment liquid is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less, still more preferably in the range of 1 to 4, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
  • the pH (25 ° C.) of the ink composition is preferably 7.5 or more (more preferably 8.0 or more).
  • the pH (25 ° C.) of the ink composition is 8.0 or more, and the pH (25 ° C.) of the treatment liquid is 0.5 to 4. Some cases are preferred.
  • the aggregating component in the present invention is preferably a highly water-soluble acid, preferably an organic acid, more preferably a divalent or higher valent organic acid in terms of enhancing the aggregating property and fixing the whole ink.
  • a trivalent or less acidic substance is particularly preferred.
  • the divalent or higher organic acid is preferably an organic acid having a first pKa of 3.5 or less, more preferably an organic acid of 3.0 or less. Specific examples include phosphoric acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, citric acid and the like.
  • the polyvalent metal salt and the cationic polymer that can be used as the aggregating component for example, the polyvalent metal salt and the cationic polymer described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP 2011-042150 A can be used. it can.
  • the aggregating components can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the aggregating component in the treatment liquid is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3 to 45% by mass, and still more preferably 5 to 40% by mass.
  • the treatment liquid can contain at least one polymerization initiator.
  • the preferred range of the polymerization initiator is as described above.
  • the processing liquid may further contain other additives as other components within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • additives include anti-drying agents (wetting agents), anti-fading agents, emulsion stabilizers, penetration enhancers, UV absorbers, preservatives, anti-fungal agents, pH adjusters, surface tension adjusters, antifoaming agents
  • Known additives such as an agent, a viscosity modifier, a dispersant, a dispersion stabilizer, a rust inhibitor, and a chelating agent can be used.
  • the image forming method of the present invention comprises an ink applying step for forming an image by applying the ink composition of the present invention described above onto a recording medium by an ink jet method, and an aggregating component for aggregating the components in the ink composition.
  • the image forming method of the present invention may have other steps as necessary.
  • the ink composition which is applied to the recording medium together with the treatment liquid and is in the middle of drying mainly due to the effect of the specific (meth) acrylamide compound contained in the ink composition. Since the viscosity of the product is remarkably increased, the effect of suppressing image cracking and the effect of suppressing gloss unevenness according to the present invention are particularly remarkable.
  • the ink application step is a step of applying the ink composition of the present invention described above onto a recording medium by, for example, an inkjet method.
  • the ink composition can be selectively applied onto the recording medium, and a desired visible image can be formed.
  • the details of the ink composition such as details and preferred embodiments of the ink composition, are as described above in the description of the ink composition.
  • the desired recording medium that is, plain paper, resin-coated paper, for example, JP-A-8-169172 and 8-27693.
  • This can be done by discharging objects.
  • the methods described in paragraph numbers 0093 to 0105 of JP-A No. 2003-306623 can be applied.
  • the inkjet method is not particularly limited, and is a known method, for example, a charge control method that discharges ink using electrostatic attraction, a drop-on-demand method (pressure pulse method) that uses vibration pressure of a piezoelectric element, an electric method
  • An acoustic ink jet system that converts a signal into an acoustic beam, irradiates the ink with ink and ejects the ink using radiation pressure, and a thermal ink jet (bubble jet (registered trademark)) that heats the ink to form bubbles and uses the generated pressure. ))
  • Any of the methods may be used.
  • an ink jet method in particular, the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 54-59936 causes a sudden change in volume of the ink subjected to the action of thermal energy, and the ink is ejected from the nozzle by the action force caused by this state change. Ink jet method can be used effectively.
  • the inkjet method includes a method of ejecting a large number of low-density inks called photo inks in a small volume, a method of improving image quality using a plurality of inks having substantially the same hue and different concentrations, and colorless and transparent. A method using ink is included.
  • an ink jet head used in the ink jet method may be an on-demand method or a continuous method.
  • Discharge methods include electro-mechanical conversion methods (eg, single cavity type, double cavity type, bender type, piston type, shear mode type, shared wall type, etc.), and electro-thermal conversion methods (eg, thermal Specific examples include an ink jet type, a bubble jet (registered trademark) type, an electrostatic suction type (for example, an electric field control type, a slit jet type, etc.) and a discharge type (for example, a spark jet type).
  • any discharge method may be used.
  • the ink nozzles used when recording by the ink jet method there are no particular restrictions on the ink nozzles used when recording by the ink jet method, and they can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • an ink jet recording method there is (1) a method called an electrostatic attraction method.
  • the electrostatic suction method a strong electric field is applied between the nozzle and the acceleration electrode arranged in front of the nozzle, and droplet-like ink is continuously ejected from the nozzle, and the ink droplet passes between the deflection electrodes.
  • the ink droplets are blown onto the recording medium to fix the ink on the recording medium, and the image is recorded or printing is performed without deflecting the ink droplets.
  • an image is fixed on a recording medium by ejecting ink droplets from a nozzle onto the recording medium in accordance with an information signal.
  • an inkjet head As an inkjet head, a short serial head is used, and a shuttle system that performs recording while scanning the head in the width direction of the recording medium, and a line head in which recording elements are arranged corresponding to the entire area of one side of the recording medium There is a line system using.
  • the line system an image can be recorded on the entire surface of the recording medium by scanning the recording medium in a direction orthogonal to the arrangement direction of the recording elements, and a carriage system such as a carriage for scanning a short head is not necessary. Further, since complicated scanning control of the carriage movement and the recording medium is not required, and only the recording medium is moved, the recording speed can be increased as compared with the shuttle system.
  • the image forming method of the present invention can be applied to any of these, but generally, when applied to a line system that does not use a dummy jet, the effect of improving ejection accuracy and image scratch resistance is great.
  • the amount of ink droplets ejected from the inkjet head is preferably 1 to 10 pl (picoliter), more preferably 1.5 to 6 pl, from the viewpoint of obtaining a high-definition image.
  • the present invention can be suitably used.
  • the treatment liquid application step is a step of applying a treatment liquid containing an aggregation component that aggregates the components in the ink composition onto a recording medium.
  • the treatment liquid is as described above, and the preferred range is also as described above.
  • the treatment liquid applied on the recording medium in this step and the ink composition applied on the recording medium in the ink application step contact to form an image. In this case, dispersed particles such as pigments in the ink composition aggregate and the image is fixed on the recording medium.
  • the treatment liquid can be applied by applying a known method such as a coating method, an ink jet method, or an immersion method.
  • a coating method a known coating method using a bar coater, an extrusion die coater, an air doctor coater, a blade coater, a rod coater, a knife coater, a squeeze coater, a reverse roll coater or the like can be used.
  • the details of the inkjet method are as described above.
  • the treatment liquid application step may be provided either before or after the ink application step using the ink composition.
  • an ink application process is provided after the treatment liquid application process.
  • the above-described ink application step is a step of providing the above-described ink composition on the treatment liquid provided on the recording medium in the main-treatment liquid application step provided after the main-treatment liquid application step. It is preferable.
  • the treatment liquid is applied in advance, and the ink composition is applied so as to come into contact with the processing liquid applied onto the recording medium.
  • a mode of imaging is preferred. Thereby, inkjet recording can be speeded up, and an image with high density and resolution can be obtained even at high speed recording.
  • the application amount of the treatment liquid in the treatment liquid applying step is not particularly limited as long as it can aggregate the ink composition, preferably, the amount of the applied aggregating component is 0.1 g / m 2 or more that Can do. Of these, an amount that gives an aggregation component of 0.2 to 0.7 g / m 2 is preferable. When the application amount of the aggregating component is 0.1 g / m 2 or more, good high-speed aggregating property can be maintained according to various usage forms of the ink composition. Moreover, it is preferable that the amount of the aggregating component applied is 0.7 g / m 2 or less because the surface properties of the applied recording medium are not adversely affected (such as a change in gloss).
  • an ink application step is provided after the treatment liquid application step, and the treatment liquid on the recording medium is heated and dried after the treatment liquid is applied on the recording medium and before the ink composition is applied. It is preferable to further provide a heat drying step. By heating and drying the treatment liquid in advance before the ink application step, ink colorability such as bleeding prevention is improved, and a visible image with good color density and hue can be recorded.
  • Heat drying can be performed by a known heating means such as a heater, a blowing means using blowing air such as a dryer, or a combination of these.
  • a heating method for example, a method of applying heat with a heater or the like from the side opposite to the treatment liquid application surface of the recording medium, a method of applying warm air or hot air to the treatment liquid application surface of the recording medium, or an infrared heater was used.
  • the heating method etc. are mentioned, You may heat combining these two or more.
  • the drying process in the present invention is a process of drying the image after the treatment liquid application process and the image ink application process after the ink application process.
  • image cracks and uneven gloss of images tend to occur.
  • the ink composition of the present invention described above since the ink composition of the present invention described above is used, image cracking and gloss unevenness of the image, which are likely to occur in the image forming method having a drying step, are suppressed.
  • the drying step at least a part of water in the image (ink composition) formed on the recording medium is removed by drying.
  • the curing reaction of the polymerizable compound in the curing step proceeds better.
  • image formation is performed at a high speed, such as a method of forming an image by a single pass method in which ink is ejected in the main scanning direction to form one line in one scan, it is possible to ensure the sensitivity with which image formability is established. it can.
  • the effect of the present invention is further achieved.
  • the conveying speed is 150 to 2700 mm / s, more preferably 250 to 2500 mm / s.
  • it is excellent in the effect of improving adhesion and scratch resistance due to the provision of the drying step.
  • drying step of the present invention it is not always necessary to completely dry the water, and the water may remain in the image and the pigment layer. In the drying step, it is preferable to dry to the extent that it does not impair the UV curing reaction.
  • the drying conditions in which 60 to 80% by mass of the water contained in the ink composition (image) applied in the maximum applied amount are removed are described below. It is preferable that at least a part of water contained in the ink composition applied on the recording medium in the ink application step is removed.
  • the amount of water to be removed is 60% by mass or more, cuckling is suppressed, and image adhesion can be maintained satisfactorily. Further, when the amount of water to be removed is 80% by mass or less, the image adhesion is good.
  • the drying conditions may be set based on the maximum application amount of the ink composition in the ink application process that is appropriately set as necessary. By removing water in the ink composition containing the pigment under such dry conditions, the occurrence of cuckling is suppressed and an image having excellent adhesion can be obtained.
  • the amount of drying in the drying step can be calculated as follows. That is, The amount of water W 0 contained in the image formed with the maximum amount of ink applied without providing the drying step, and the amount of water W 1 contained in the image formed with the maximum amount of ink applied with the drying step according to the predetermined drying conditions. And are measured respectively. Next, by obtaining the ratio of the difference between W 0 and W 1 to W 0 ((W 0 ⁇ W 1 ) / W 0 ⁇ 100 [mass%]), drying as the amount of water removed by the drying step is performed. The amount (mass%) is calculated. The amount of water contained in the image is measured by the Karl Fischer method. As the amount of water in the present invention, the amount of water measured under normal measuring conditions using a Karl Fischer moisture meter MKA-520 (manufactured by Kyoto Electronics Industry Co., Ltd.) is applied.
  • the amount of water (dry amount) in the ink composition that is removed in the drying step is the total amount of the ink composition that is applied with a maximum application amount of 15 ml / m 2 or less from the viewpoint that the curing efficiency after drying is kept good. 60 to 80% by mass is preferable, 65 to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 70 to 80% by mass is still more preferable with respect to the amount of water.
  • the drying is preferably started within 5 seconds from the point of time when the ink composition droplets have landed on the recording medium in the ink application step.
  • “within 5 seconds from the point of completion of landing” means that the image of the ink droplet is blown or the image of the ink droplet is within 5 seconds from the point of completion of landing of the ink droplet.
  • it means that heat is given.
  • drying is started within 5 seconds from the completion of landing by transporting the recording medium into the drying area within 5 seconds from the completion of landing of ink droplets.
  • the time from the completion of ink droplet landing to the start of drying is more preferably within 3 seconds.
  • Drying can be performed by a heating means for heating with a heating element such as a nichrome wire heater, a blowing means using blowing air such as a dryer, or a combination of these.
  • a heating element such as a nichrome wire heater, a blowing means using blowing air such as a dryer, or a combination of these.
  • the heating method include a method of applying heat from the opposite side of the image forming surface of the recording medium with a heater, a method of applying warm air or hot air to the image forming surface of the recording medium, a heating method using an infrared heater, and the like. Can be mentioned. Heating may be performed by combining a plurality of these.
  • the image forming method of the present invention is further applied to the dried image on the recording medium by the ink application process after the drying process (process for applying the treatment liquid application process and the ink application process).
  • the ink composition preferably has a curing step of irradiating the ink composition with active energy rays to cure the ink composition.
  • active energy rays include ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, electron rays, X rays, ultraviolet rays, visible light, and infrared rays. Of these, ultraviolet rays are preferable.
  • the curing step the monomer component (polymerizable compound) in the image can be surely polymerized and cured.
  • the entire image can be cured.
  • an ultraviolet irradiation lamp, a halogen lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a laser, an LED, an electron beam irradiation apparatus, or the like can be adopted as a light source for irradiating active energy rays.
  • the curing step is provided at least after the ink application step, but is preferably provided after the ink application step and the treatment liquid application step.
  • the irradiation condition of the active energy ray is not particularly limited as long as the polymerizable compound can be polymerized and cured.
  • the wavelength of the active energy ray is preferably, for example, 200 to 600 nm, more preferably 300 to 450 nm, and further preferably 350 to 420 nm.
  • the output of the actinic energy ray is preferably at 5000 mJ / cm 2 or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ 4000mJ / cm 2, further preferably 20 ⁇ 3000mJ / cm 2.
  • the image forming method of the present invention records an image on a recording medium.
  • a recording medium for example, the general printing paper mainly used for celluloses, such as what is called a quality paper, a coated paper, and art paper, used for general offset printing etc. can be used.
  • image recording by a general ink jet method using water-based ink is relatively slow in absorption and drying of ink, and color material movement is likely to occur after droplet ejection, resulting in poor image quality.
  • the recording medium commercially available media can be used.
  • Fine paper (A) such as “New NPI Fine” manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd., “OK Everlight Coat” manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd., and “Aurora S” manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd., Oji Paper Co., Ltd.
  • Lightweight coated paper (A3) such as “OK Coat L” manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd. and “Aurora L” manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.
  • Coated paper (A2, B2) such as “Aurora Coat” manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd.
  • Art paper (A1) such as “OK Kanto +” manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd. and “Tokuhishi Art” manufactured by Mitsubishi Paper Industries Co., Ltd. Can be mentioned. It is also possible to use various photographic papers for ink jet recording.
  • coated paper used for general offset printing is preferable.
  • the coated paper is obtained by applying a coating material to the surface of high-quality paper, neutral paper, or the like that is mainly surface-treated with cellulose as a main component and is not surface-treated.
  • the coated paper is liable to cause quality problems such as glossiness and scratch resistance of the image in normal aqueous inkjet image formation.
  • gloss unevenness is suppressed and glossiness and resistance to abrasion are reduced.
  • An image having good rubbing properties can be obtained.
  • a coated paper having a base paper and a coat layer containing an inorganic pigment is preferably used, and a coated paper having a base paper and a coat layer containing kaolin and / or calcium bicarbonate is more preferably used.
  • art paper, coated paper, lightweight coated paper, or finely coated paper is more preferable.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram illustrating a configuration example of the entire inkjet recording apparatus.
  • the ink jet recording apparatus includes a processing liquid application unit 12 including a processing liquid discharge head 12S that sequentially discharges a processing liquid in the recording medium conveyance direction (the arrow direction in the figure); A treatment liquid drying zone 13 provided with a heating means (not shown) for drying the applied treatment liquid, an ink ejection part 14 for ejecting various ink compositions, and an ink drying zone 15 for drying the ejected ink composition.
  • a processing liquid application unit 12 including a processing liquid discharge head 12S that sequentially discharges a processing liquid in the recording medium conveyance direction (the arrow direction in the figure);
  • a treatment liquid drying zone 13 provided with a heating means (not shown) for drying the applied treatment liquid, an ink ejection part 14 for ejecting various ink compositions, and an ink drying zone 15 for drying the ejected ink composition.
  • an ultraviolet irradiation unit 16 including an ultraviolet irradiation lamp 16S is disposed on the downstream side of the ink drying zone 15 in the conveyance direction
  • the recording medium supplied to the ink jet recording apparatus includes a processing liquid application unit 12, a processing liquid drying zone 13, and an ink discharging unit by a conveying roller from a paper feeding unit that feeds the recording medium from a case loaded with the recording medium. 14, the ink drying zone 15, and the ultraviolet irradiation unit 16 are sequentially sent and accumulated in the accumulation unit.
  • the conveyance may be performed by a drum conveyance method using a drum-shaped member, a belt conveyance method, a stage conveyance method using a stage, or the like.
  • At least one roller can be a drive roller to which the power of a motor (not shown) is transmitted.
  • a driving roller rotated by a motor By rotating a driving roller rotated by a motor at a constant speed, the recording medium is conveyed in a predetermined direction by a predetermined conveyance amount.
  • the treatment liquid application unit 12 is provided with a treatment liquid discharge head 12S connected to a storage tank that stores the treatment liquid.
  • the treatment liquid ejection head 12S can eject the treatment liquid from ejection nozzles arranged to face the recording surface of the recording medium, and can apply the treatment liquid on the recording medium.
  • the treatment liquid application unit 12 is not limited to a method of discharging from a nozzle-shaped head, and an application method using an application roller can also be adopted. In this coating method, the treatment liquid can be easily applied to almost the entire surface including the image area where the ink droplets land on the recording medium by the ink discharge unit 14 disposed on the downstream side.
  • an air knife or a member having a sharp corner is provided with a gap corresponding to the specified amount of the processing liquid provided between the recording medium and the recording medium. You may provide the method of doing.
  • a treatment liquid drying zone 13 is disposed downstream of the treatment liquid application unit 12 in the recording medium conveyance direction.
  • the treatment liquid drying zone 13 may include, for example, known heating means such as a heater, air blowing means using air blowing such as a dryer, or a combination of these.
  • the heating means may be a method of installing a heating element such as a heater on the side opposite to the barrier layer forming surface of the recording medium (for example, below the conveyance mechanism that carries the recording medium when the recording medium is automatically conveyed) Examples include a method of applying warm air or hot air to the surface of the medium on which the barrier layer is formed, a heating method using an infrared heater, and the like.
  • the measuring unit for measuring the surface temperature of the recording medium and the surface of the recording medium measured by the measuring unit It is preferable to provide a control mechanism that feeds back the temperature value to the heating control unit to form the blocking layer while controlling the temperature.
  • a measurement part which measures the surface temperature of a recording medium a contact or non-contact thermometer is preferable.
  • the solvent may be removed using a solvent removal roller or the like.
  • a method of removing excess solvent from the recording medium with an air knife is also used.
  • the ink discharge unit 14 is disposed downstream of the treatment liquid drying zone 13 in the recording medium conveyance direction.
  • the ink discharge section 14 includes a recording head (ink discharge head) 30K connected to each of the ink storage sections that store black (K), cyan (C), magenta (M), and yellow (Y) color inks. 30C, 30M, and 30Y are arranged.
  • Each ink storage unit (not shown) stores an ink composition corresponding to each hue, and is supplied to each of the ink ejection heads 30K, 30C, 30M, and 30Y as necessary when recording an image. It has become. Further, as shown in FIG.
  • a recording head 30A for spot color ink discharge is provided on the downstream side in the transport direction of the ink discharge heads 30K, 30C, 30M, and 30Y so that spot color ink can be discharged as needed.
  • 30B can be further provided.
  • the recording heads 30K, 30C, 30M, 30Y, 30A, and 30B are arranged in this order.
  • the arrangement of the recording heads for the respective colors in the ink ejection unit 14 is not limited to this order, and is appropriately set. Can be changed.
  • the ink ejection heads 30K, 30C, 30M, and 30Y each eject ink corresponding to an image from ejection nozzles arranged to face the recording surface of the recording medium. Thus, each color ink is applied on the recording surface of the recording medium, and a color image is recorded.
  • each of the treatment liquid discharge head 12S and the ink discharge heads 30K, 30C, 30M, 30Y, 30A, and 30B a large number of discharge ports (nozzles) are arranged over the maximum recording width of the image recorded on the recording medium. Has become a full line head. Compared to the serial type in which recording is performed while reciprocating a short shuttle head in the width direction of the recording medium (direction perpendicular to the conveying direction on the recording medium conveying surface), it is possible to record an image on the recording medium at a higher speed. it can.
  • a serial type recording or a recording method capable of relatively high speed recording for example, a recording method capable of recording by ejecting in the main scanning direction by a single pass forming one line by one scanning.
  • a high-quality image with high reproducibility can be obtained even by a single-pass method.
  • treatment liquid discharge head 12S and the ink discharge heads 30K, 30C, 30M, 30Y, 30A, and 30B all have the same structure.
  • the application amount of the treatment liquid and the application amount of the ink composition may be changed according to the recording medium in order to adjust the physical properties such as the viscoelasticity of the aggregate formed by mixing the treatment liquid and the ink composition.
  • the ink drying zone 15 is disposed downstream of the ink discharge unit 14 in the recording medium conveyance direction.
  • the ink drying zone 15 can have the same configuration as the treatment liquid drying zone 13.
  • the ultraviolet irradiation unit 16 is arranged further downstream in the recording medium conveyance direction of the ink drying zone 15, and is irradiated with ultraviolet rays by an ultraviolet irradiation lamp 16S provided in the ultraviolet irradiation unit 16, and in the image after drying the image.
  • the monomer component is polymerized and cured.
  • the ultraviolet irradiation lamp 16S irradiates the entire recording surface with a lamp disposed opposite to the recording surface of the recording medium, so that the entire image can be cured.
  • the ultraviolet irradiation unit 16 is not limited to the ultraviolet irradiation lamp 16S, and a halogen lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a laser, an LED, an electron beam irradiation device, or the like can also be employed.
  • the ultraviolet irradiation unit 16 may be installed either before or after the ink drying zone 15, or may be installed both before and after the ink drying zone 15.
  • heating means for performing a heat treatment on the recording medium can be disposed in the conveyance path from the paper feeding unit to the stacking unit.
  • the temperature of the recording medium is raised to a desired temperature by disposing a heating unit at a desired position such as the upstream side of the treatment liquid drying zone 13 or between the ink discharge unit 14 and the ink drying zone 15.
  • styrene 14 parts of styrene, 24 parts of stearyl methacrylate, 9 parts of styrene macromer AS-6 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 9 parts of Plenmer PP-500 (manufactured by NOF Corporation), 10 parts of methacrylic acid 2-mercaptoethanol (0.13 parts), methyl ethyl ketone (56 parts), and 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) (1.2 parts) were added to prepare a mixed solution.
  • the mixed solution in the reaction vessel was heated to 75 ° C. while stirring, and the mixed solution in the dropping funnel was gradually dropped over 1 hour.
  • a solution prepared by dissolving 1.2 parts of 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) in 12 parts of methyl ethyl ketone was added dropwise over 3 hours. Aged at 80 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain a polymer dispersant solution.
  • a part of the obtained polymer dispersant solution was isolated by removing the solvent, and the obtained solid content was diluted to 0.1% by mass with tetrahydrofuran to obtain a high-speed GPC (gel permeation chromatography) HLC- Three TSKgeL SuperHZM-H, TSKgeL SuperHZ4000, and TSKgeL SuperHZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) were connected in series at 8220 GPC, and the weight average molecular weight was measured. As a result, the weight average molecular weight was 25,000 in terms of polystyrene.
  • the acid value was 80 mgKOH / g.
  • the obtained dispersion was concentrated under reduced pressure using an evaporator until the methyl ethyl ketone was sufficiently distilled off, and further concentrated until the concentration of the water-dispersible pigment reached 10% by mass to obtain a cyan dispersion C1 in which the water-dispersible pigment was dispersed.
  • the volume average particle diameter (secondary particles) of the obtained cyan dispersion liquid C1 was measured by a dynamic light scattering method using a Microtorac particle size distribution analyzer (Version 10.1.2-211BH (trade name), manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). Was 77 nm.
  • constituent components (structural units) of the self-dispersing polymer particles P-1 constituent components derived from benzyl methacrylate (structural units), constituent components derived from methyl methacrylate (structural units), and constituent components derived from methacrylic acid
  • (structural unit) is also referred to as “component A”, “component B”, and “component C”, respectively.
  • the mass ratio of the constituent component A, the constituent component B, and the constituent component C [the mass of the constituent component A / the mass of the constituent component B / the mass of the constituent component C] is hereinafter referred to as the mass ratio of the constituent components [A / B / C].
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the self-dispersing polymer particles P-1 was measured by the following method and found to be 90 ° C. -Measurement of glass transition temperature (Tg)- An aqueous dispersion of self-dispersing polymer particles having a solid content of 0.5 g was dried under reduced pressure at 50 ° C. for 4 hours to obtain a polymer solid content. Using the obtained polymer solid content, Tg was measured with a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) EXSTAR 6220 manufactured by SII Nanotechnology. The measurement condition was that a sample amount of 5 mg was sealed in an aluminum pan, and the DSC peak top value of the measurement data at the second temperature increase was defined as Tg under the following temperature profile in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • DSC differential scanning calorimeter
  • tetrafunctional acrylamide 1 As a (meth) acrylamide compound (specific (meth) acrylamide compound) represented by the general formula (1), tetrafunctional acrylamide 1 (the aforementioned polymerizable compound a. Hereinafter also referred to as the exemplified compound (a)) is as follows. And synthesized. -First step- In a 1 L three-necked flask equipped with a stir bar, 121 g (1 equivalent) of tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 84 ml of 50% by weight potassium hydroxide aqueous solution and 423 ml of toluene were added and stirred.
  • the reaction system was maintained at 20-25 ° C. in a water bath, and 397.5 g (7.5 equivalents) of acrylonitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After dropping, the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours. Thereafter, 540 ml of toluene was added to the reaction system, the reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel, and the aqueous layer was removed. The remaining organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered through celite, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain an acrylonitrile adduct.
  • the results of analysis of the obtained substance by 1 H-NMR and MS showed a good agreement with the known substance, and it was used for the next reduction reaction without further purification.
  • magenta ink was prepared in the same manner as the cyan ink except that the cyan pigment Pigment Blue 15: 3 was changed to a magenta pigment Pigment Red 122 (manufactured by Dainichi Seika Co., Ltd.) in the preparation of the cyan ink.
  • cyan pigment Pigment Blue 15: 3 was changed to a magenta pigment Pigment Red 122 (manufactured by Dainichi Seika Co., Ltd.) in the preparation of the cyan ink.
  • a magenta pigment Pigment Red 122 manufactured by Dainichi Seika Co., Ltd.
  • the processing liquid was prepared by mixing components having the following composition. ⁇ Composition of treatment liquid ⁇ -Malonic acid (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) ... 25.0% by mass ⁇ Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) ... 20.0% by mass ⁇ Emulgen P109 (manufactured by Kao Corporation, nonionic surfactant) ... 1.0% by mass ⁇ Ion-exchanged water: remaining amount of 100.0% by mass in total
  • a coated paper (OK Top Coat manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd. + (grade: A2 gloss), basis weight 104.7 g / m 2 ) was prepared as a recording medium.
  • the treatment liquid application unit 12 including a treatment liquid ejection head 12 ⁇ / b> S that ejects the treatment liquid sequentially in the direction of conveyance of the recording medium (the arrow direction in the drawing) is applied.
  • An ink jet apparatus provided with a UV irradiation unit 16 provided with a lamp 16S was prepared.
  • the processing liquid drying zone 13 is provided with a blower for drying by sending dry air to the recording surface side of the recording medium, and an infrared heater on the non-recording surface side of the recording medium.
  • the temperature and air volume were adjusted and 900% by mass or more of the water in the treatment liquid could be evaporated (dried) by 900 msec after the application of the treatment liquid was started in the application unit.
  • the ink discharge unit 14 includes a black ink discharge head 30K, a cyan ink discharge head 30C, a magenta ink discharge head 30M, and a yellow ink discharge head 30Y. Each head has a 1200 dpi / 10 inch width.
  • magenta ink ejection head 30M and the cyan ink ejection head 30C in FIG. 1 is changed, and the arrangement is changed so that ink can be ejected in the order of magenta and cyan on the recording medium.
  • the processing liquid, the magenta ink, and the cyan ink are sequentially loaded into storage tanks (not shown) connected to the processing liquid discharge head 12S, the magenta ink discharge head 30M, and the cyan ink discharge head 30C, respectively.
  • the treatment liquid, the magenta ink, and the cyan ink were ejected in this order to form an image.
  • the amount of treatment liquid applied to the recording medium was 1.5 ml / m 2 .
  • magenta ink and cyan ink were ejected from the head at a resolution of 1200 dpi ⁇ 1200 dpi and an ink droplet amount of 2.5 pl, respectively.
  • the magenta ink and the cyan ink were ejected under the condition that the total maximum application amount of the magenta ink and the cyan ink was 11 ml / m 2 .
  • the image was formed as follows. First, after the processing liquid is discharged (applied) from the processing liquid discharge head 12S onto the recording medium in a single pass, the processing liquid is dried in the processing liquid drying zone 13, and the processing liquid drying zone is started from the discharge of the processing liquid. Passed by 900 msec. In the treatment liquid drying zone 13, while the deposited treatment liquid is heated from the back side (back side) of the landing surface with an infrared heater so that the film surface temperature is 40 to 45 ° C., the recording surface is 120 ° C. on the recording surface. Drying was performed by applying warm air of 5 m / sec for 5 seconds.
  • magenta ink is applied to the surface of the recording medium to which the processing liquid is applied (processing liquid application surface) from the ejection head 30M in a single pass with a single dot ratio of 100%, and the applied magenta.
  • An image was obtained by applying cyan ink onto the ink in a solid form with a dot ratio of 100% in a single pass from the ejection head 30C.
  • hot air of 120 ° C. and 5 m / sec is recorded by a blower while heating with an infrared heater from the back side (back side) of the ink landing surface in the ink drying zone 15 as described above.
  • the image was dried by placing it on the surface for 5 seconds.
  • the UV irradiation unit 16 irradiates the dried image with UV light (a metal halide lamp, maximum irradiation wavelength 365 nm, manufactured by Eye Graphics Co., Ltd.) so that the integrated irradiation amount is 2 J / cm 2 , and the image is UV cured. did.
  • UV light a metal halide lamp, maximum irradiation wavelength 365 nm, manufactured by Eye Graphics Co., Ltd.
  • Image cracking> The image after UV curing was observed with an optical microscope (magnification 300 times), and image cracking was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. -Evaluation criteria- A: Image cracking was not observed B: Image cracking was observed in a part of the image, but image cracking did not reach half of the image C: Image cracking was observed in more than half of the image However, the image crack did not reach the entire image D: Image crack was observed in the entire image
  • Example 2 Comparative Examples 1 to 21
  • the tetrafunctional acrylamide 1 (exemplary compound a) and self-dispersing polymer particles contained in the cyan ink (specifically, the type of component A, the mass ratio of each component [component A / component)
  • a cyan ink was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that B / constituent component C]) was changed as shown in Tables 1 and 2 below.
  • Image formation and evaluation were performed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the obtained cyan ink was used. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 1 and 2 below.
  • ⁇ Mw is a weight average molecular weight.
  • the tetrafunctional acrylamide 2 is the above-mentioned exemplary compound (b).
  • Trifunctional acrylamide 1 is a nonionic compound (c) described in paragraph 0158 of JP2011-46872A.
  • Trifunctional acrylate 1 is nonionic compound 3 described in paragraph 0155 of JP2011-46872A.
  • the tetrafunctional acrylamide 3 is a tetrafunctional acrylamide other than the specific (meth) acrylamide compound, and specifically, the polymerizable compound 3 described in paragraph 0030 of JP 2011-174013 A.
  • the tetrafunctional acrylamide 4 is a tetrafunctional acrylamide other than the specific (meth) acrylamide compound, and specifically, the polymerizable compound 21 described in paragraph 0047 of JP2011-195822A.
  • the tetrafunctional acrylamide 5 is a tetrafunctional acrylamide other than the specific (meth) acrylamide compound, and specifically, the polymerizable compound 35 described in paragraph 0049 of JP2011-195822A.
  • -Component A is indicated by the monomer name.
  • the abbreviations are as follows.
  • BzMA benzyl methacrylate
  • PheOEA phenoxyethyl acrylate
  • IBOMA isobornyl methacrylate
  • CyHMA cyclohexyl meth

Abstract

Disclosed is an ink composition containing a pigment, water, a (meth)acrylamide compound represented by general formula (1), a polymerization initiator, and polymer particles having a glass transition temperature of 90°C or higher. In general formula (1), the plurality of R1 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and the plurality of R2 each independently represent a C2-C4 straight-chain or branched alkylene group. In the formula, there is no instance of a structure in which an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom bonded at both ends of R2 are bonded to the same carbon atom in R2. The plurality of R3 each independently represent a divalent linking group. The plurality of k each independently represent a 2 or a 3. In the formula, x, y, and z each independently represent an integer of 0-6, and x + y + z is 0-18.

Description

インク組成物、インクセット、及び画像形成方法Ink composition, ink set, and image forming method
 本発明は、インク組成物、インクセット、及び画像形成方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an ink composition, an ink set, and an image forming method.
 インクジェット法による画像形成方法は、種々の被記録媒体に所望の画像形成が可能であることから、オフィスプリンタ、ホームプリンタ等の分野及び商業分野において広く用いられている画像形成方法である。 The image forming method based on the ink jet method is an image forming method widely used in the fields of office printers, home printers, and the commercial field because desired image formation is possible on various recording media.
 インクジェット法による画像形成方法として、記録媒体上に付与された重合性化合物を含むインクを、紫外線等の活性エネルギー線の照射によって硬化させて画像を形成する方法が知られている。
 また、インクジェット法による画像形成方法としては、インク組成物と、インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる凝集成分を含む処理液と、を用い、記録媒体上でインク組成物中の成分を凝集させることにより画像を形成する技術も知られている。
As an image forming method using an inkjet method, a method is known in which an ink containing a polymerizable compound applied on a recording medium is cured by irradiation with an active energy ray such as ultraviolet rays to form an image.
In addition, as an image forming method by the ink jet method, an ink composition and a treatment liquid containing an aggregating component that aggregates the components in the ink composition are used, and the components in the ink composition are aggregated on a recording medium. There is also known a technique for forming an image by the above method.
 また、これらの方法を組み合わせた画像形成方法も検討されている。
 例えば、画像の描画性及び耐擦過性に優れたインクセットとして、顔料、ポリマー粒子、及び水溶性の重合性化合物を含むインク組成物と、前記インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる凝集成分を含む処理液と、を含むインクセットが知られている(例えば、特開2010-70693号公報、特開2010-69805号公報、特開2011-46872号公報、特開2011-46871号公報、特開2011-174013号公報及び特開2011-195822号公報参照)。
Further, an image forming method combining these methods has been studied.
For example, as an ink set excellent in image drawability and scratch resistance, an ink composition containing a pigment, polymer particles, and a water-soluble polymerizable compound, and an aggregating component for aggregating the components in the ink composition are included. Ink sets containing a treatment liquid are known (for example, JP 2010-70693 A, JP 2010-69805 A, JP 2011-46872 A, JP 2011-46871 A, (See 2011-174013 and JP2011-195822).
 しかしながら、顔料、水、及び重合性化合物を含むインク組成物を用いて形成された画像では、(特に、インクを付与した後の乾燥時に)画像割れが発生する場合がある。更に、この画像では、画像表面に光沢ムラが発生する場合がある。 However, in an image formed using an ink composition containing a pigment, water, and a polymerizable compound, image cracking may occur (particularly during drying after application of ink). Further, in this image, gloss unevenness may occur on the image surface.
 上記光沢ムラについては、上記インク組成物中にポリマー粒子を含有させるとある程度は抑制される傾向が見られるものの、この光沢ムラを更に抑制することが求められる場合がある。また、上記画像割れについては、インク組成物中にポリマー粒子を含有させることのみでは抑制が困難である。 Although the gloss unevenness tends to be suppressed to some extent when polymer particles are contained in the ink composition, it may be required to further suppress the gloss unevenness. Moreover, it is difficult to suppress the image cracking only by including polymer particles in the ink composition.
 本発明は上記に鑑みなされたものであり、光沢ムラが抑制され、画像割れが抑制された画像を形成できるインク組成物、インクセット、及び画像形成方法を提供することを課題とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above, and an object of the present invention is to provide an ink composition, an ink set, and an image forming method capable of forming an image in which uneven gloss is suppressed and image cracking is suppressed.
 本発明者は、特定の重合性化合物と、特定の値以上のガラス転移温度を有するポリマー粒子と、を組み合わせることにより前記課題を解決できるとの知見を得、この知見に基づき本発明を完成させた。
 即ち、前記課題を解決するための具体的手段は以下のとおりである。
The present inventor obtained the knowledge that the above problem can be solved by combining a specific polymerizable compound and a polymer particle having a glass transition temperature of a specific value or more, and based on this knowledge, completed the present invention. It was.
That is, specific means for solving the above-described problems are as follows.
<1> 顔料、水、下記一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物、重合開始剤、及び、ガラス転移温度が90℃以上であるポリマー粒子を含有するインク組成物である。 <1> An ink composition containing pigment, water, a (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the following general formula (1), a polymerization initiator, and polymer particles having a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. or higher.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

 
 一般式(1)中、複数のRは、各々独立に水素原子又はメチル基を表し、複数のRは、各々独立に炭素数2~4の直鎖又は分岐のアルキレン基を表す。但し、Rの両端に結合する酸素原子と窒素原子とがR中の同一の炭素原子に結合した構造をとることはない。複数のRは、各々独立に2価の連結基を表す。複数のkは、各々独立に2又は3を表す。x、y、及びzは、各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、x+y+zは、0~18を満たす。 In the general formula (1), a plurality of R 1 s each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a plurality of R 2 s each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. However, not to take an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom bonded to both ends of R 2 are bonded to the same carbon atom in R 2 structure. Several R < 3 > represents a bivalent coupling group each independently. Several k represents 2 or 3 each independently. x, y, and z each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6, and x + y + z satisfies 0 to 18.
<2> 前記ポリマー粒子の含有量が、インク組成物全量に対し、0.5質量%~5.0質量%である<1>に記載のインク組成物である。
<3> 前記ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーが、芳香族基を有する構造単位及び脂環族基を有する構造単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを含有する<1>又は<2>に記載のインク組成物である。
<4> 前記ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーが、芳香族基を有する構造単位として、ベンジル基を有する構造単位及びフェノキシ基を有する構造単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを含有する<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物である。
<5> 前記ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーが、芳香族基を有する構造単位を、該ポリマー全量に対し、3質量%~45質量%含有する<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物である。
<6> 前記ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーが、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートに由来する構造単位およびフェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートに由来する構造単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを合計で3質量%~45質量%と、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構造単位を合計で5質量%~20質量と、アルキル(メタ)アクリレートに由来する構造単位を合計で40質量%~90質量%と、を含む<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物である。
<2> The ink composition according to <1>, wherein the content of the polymer particles is 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink composition.
<3> The polymer constituting the polymer particle contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit having an aromatic group and a structural unit having an alicyclic group. <1> or <2> Ink composition.
<4> The polymer constituting the polymer particle contains, as a structural unit having an aromatic group, at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit having a benzyl group and a structural unit having a phenoxy group <1>. ~ The ink composition according to any one of <3>.
<5> The polymer constituting the polymer particles contains 3% by mass to 45% by mass of a structural unit having an aromatic group with respect to the total amount of the polymer, according to any one of <1> to <4> Ink composition.
<6> The polymer constituting the polymer particle is 3% by mass in total of at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from benzyl (meth) acrylate and a structural unit derived from phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate. 45 mass%, a total of 5 mass% to 20 mass% of structural units derived from (meth) acrylic acid, and a total of 40 mass% to 90 mass% of structural units derived from alkyl (meth) acrylate. The ink composition according to any one of <1> to <5>.
<7> 前記ポリマー粒子が、転相乳化法によって得られたポリマー粒子である<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物である。
<8> 前記ポリマー粒子のガラス転移温度が100℃以上である、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物である。
<9> <1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物と、前記インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる凝集成分を含有する処理液と、を含むインクセットである。
<7> The ink composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the polymer particles are polymer particles obtained by a phase inversion emulsification method.
<8> The ink composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the polymer particles have a glass transition temperature of 100 ° C. or higher.
<9> An ink set comprising the ink composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, and a treatment liquid containing an aggregating component that aggregates the components in the ink composition.
<10> <1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物をインクジェット法により記録媒体上に付与して画像を形成するインク付与工程と、前記インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる凝集成分を含有する処理液を記録媒体上に付与する処理液付与工程と、前記処理液付与工程及び前記インク付与工程後の画像を乾燥させる乾燥工程と、を有する画像形成方法である。
<11> 前記記録媒体が、原紙と無機顔料を含むコート層とを有する塗工紙である<10>に記載の画像形成方法である。
<12> 前記インク付与工程が前記処理液付与工程よりも後に設けられる<10>または<11>に記載の画像形成方法である。
<10> An ink application step of forming an image by applying the ink composition according to any one of <1> to <8> onto a recording medium by an inkjet method, and aggregating the components in the ink composition An image forming method comprising: a treatment liquid application step for applying a treatment liquid containing an aggregating component to be applied onto a recording medium; and a drying step for drying the image after the treatment liquid application step and the ink application step.
<11> The image forming method according to <10>, wherein the recording medium is a coated paper having a base paper and a coating layer containing an inorganic pigment.
<12> The image forming method according to <10> or <11>, wherein the ink application step is provided after the treatment liquid application step.
 本発明によれば、光沢ムラが抑制され、画像割れが抑制された画像を形成できるインク組成物、インクセット、及び画像形成方法を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an ink composition, an ink set, and an image forming method capable of forming an image in which gloss unevenness is suppressed and image cracking is suppressed.
本発明の画像形成方法の実施に用いるインクジェット記録装置の構成例を示す概略構成図である。It is a schematic block diagram which shows the structural example of the inkjet recording device used for implementation of the image forming method of this invention.
 以下、本発明のインク組成物、インクセット、及び画像形成方法について詳細に説明する。
 本開示において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけでなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても本工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本開示において「~」を用いて示された数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値をそれぞれ最小値及び最大値として含む範囲を示す。
 本開示において、組成物中の各成分の量について言及する場合、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数存在する場合には、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する当該複数の物質の合計量を意味する。
 本開示において、「(メタ)アクリルアミド」は、アクリルアミド又はメタクリルアミドを意味し、「(メタ)アクリル酸」は、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸を意味し、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレート又はメタクリレートを意味する。
Hereinafter, the ink composition, the ink set, and the image forming method of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the present disclosure, the term “process” is not only included in an independent process, but is included in the term if the intended effect of this process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
In the present disclosure, numerical ranges indicated using “to” indicate ranges including numerical values described before and after “to” as the minimum value and the maximum value, respectively.
In the present disclosure, when referring to the amount of each component in the composition, when there are a plurality of substances corresponding to each component in the composition, the plurality of substances present in the composition unless otherwise specified. Means the total amount.
In the present disclosure, “(meth) acrylamide” means acrylamide or methacrylamide, “(meth) acrylic acid” means acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, and “(meth) acrylate” means acrylate or methacrylate. means.
≪インク組成物≫
 本発明のインク組成物は、顔料、水、下記一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物、重合開始剤、及びガラス転移温度が90℃以上であるポリマー粒子を含有する。
≪Ink composition≫
The ink composition of the present invention contains pigment, water, a (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the following general formula (1), a polymerization initiator, and polymer particles having a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. or higher.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 
 一般式(1)中、複数のRは、各々独立に水素原子又はメチル基を表し、複数のRは各々独立に、炭素数2~4の直鎖又は分岐のアルキレン基を表す。但し、Rの両端に結合する酸素原子と窒素原子とがR中の同一の炭素原子に結合した構造をとることはない。複数のRは、各々独立に2価の連結基を表す。複数のkは、各々独立に2又は3を表す。x、y、及びzは、各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、x+y+zは、0~18を満たす。 In the general formula (1), a plurality of R 1 s each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a plurality of R 2 s each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. However, not to take an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom bonded to both ends of R 2 are bonded to the same carbon atom in R 2 structure. Several R < 3 > represents a bivalent coupling group each independently. Several k represents 2 or 3 each independently. x, y, and z each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6, and x + y + z satisfies 0 to 18.
 顔料、水、及び重合性化合物を含むインク組成物(特に、ポリマー粒子の含有量が比較的少ないインク組成物)を用いて形成された画像では、画像割れが発生する場合がある。
 この画像割れは、特に、インクを付与した後の乾燥時に発生する傾向がある。更に、記録媒体上に2種(2色)以上のインク組成物を重なり部分を有するように付与して画像を形成した際、最上層として付与されたインク組成物において顕著に発生する傾向がある。
 画像割れの原因としては、インク乾燥時等の高温にさらされたときにおける画像強度の不足が考えられる。
In an image formed using an ink composition containing a pigment, water, and a polymerizable compound (particularly, an ink composition having a relatively low content of polymer particles), image cracking may occur.
This image cracking tends to occur particularly during drying after ink is applied. Further, when an image is formed by applying two (two colors) or more of ink compositions on a recording medium so as to have an overlapping portion, the ink composition applied as the uppermost layer tends to be remarkably generated. .
A possible cause of image cracking is insufficient image strength when exposed to high temperatures such as when the ink is dried.
 また、顔料、水、及び重合性化合物を含むインク組成物(特に、ポリマー粒子の含有量が比較的少ないインク組成物)を用いて形成された画像では、画像表面に光沢ムラが発生する場合がある。
 ここで、光沢ムラとは、画像表面を目視で観察したときに確認される、光沢のムラを指す。
 光沢ムラの原因としては、記録媒体上にインク組成物を付与し、インク組成物に含まれる顔料等の成分を凝集させて画像を形成するときに、位置により、凝集の度合いのバラツキ(ムラ)が生じることが考えられる。
In addition, in an image formed using an ink composition containing a pigment, water, and a polymerizable compound (particularly, an ink composition having a relatively low content of polymer particles), uneven gloss may occur on the image surface. is there.
Here, gloss unevenness refers to gloss unevenness that is confirmed when the image surface is visually observed.
As a cause of gloss unevenness, when an ink composition is applied on a recording medium and components such as pigments contained in the ink composition are aggregated to form an image, the degree of aggregation varies depending on the position (unevenness). May occur.
 本発明のインク組成物では、重合性化合物として一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物を用い、かつ、ポリマー粒子としてガラス転移温度が90℃以上であるポリマー粒子を用いることにより、上記画像割れ及び上記光沢ムラが抑制される。 In the ink composition of the present invention, the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1) is used as the polymerizable compound, and the polymer particles having a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. or higher are used as the polymer particles. The image cracking and the gloss unevenness are suppressed.
 本発明により画像割れが抑制される理由の一つは、インク組成物中のポリマー粒子のガラス転移温度を90℃以上とすることにより、画像の強度が向上するためと考えられる。 更に、本発明では、インク組成物が一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物を含むことにより、記録媒体に付与されて、乾燥途中の状態にあるインク組成物の粘度が上昇し、これにより画像割れが更に抑制されると考えられる。この粘度上昇は、インク組成物が処理液とともに記録媒体に付与される場合において特に顕著である。ここでいう処理液は、インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる凝集成分を含有する液である(詳細は後述する)。 One reason that image cracking is suppressed by the present invention is considered to be that the strength of the image is improved by setting the glass transition temperature of the polymer particles in the ink composition to 90 ° C. or higher. Furthermore, in the present invention, when the ink composition contains the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1), the viscosity of the ink composition that is applied to the recording medium and is in the middle of drying increases. Thus, it is considered that image cracking is further suppressed. This increase in viscosity is particularly remarkable when the ink composition is applied to the recording medium together with the treatment liquid. The treatment liquid here is a liquid containing an aggregating component that aggregates the components in the ink composition (details will be described later).
 本発明により光沢ムラが抑制される理由の一つは、インク組成物中にポリマー粒子を含有させたことにより顔料等の凝集(移動)がある程度制限され、これにより凝集の度合いのバラツキがある程度抑制されることが考えられる。更に、本発明では、インク組成物が一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物を含むことにより、記録媒体に(好ましくは上記処理液とともに)付与されて、乾燥途中の状態にあるインク組成物の粘度が上昇し、これによりポリマー粒子による効果(顔料の凝集度合いのバラツキ抑制効果)が更に高められ、ひいては光沢ムラが抑制されると考えられる。 One of the reasons why uneven gloss is suppressed by the present invention is that the aggregation (movement) of pigments and the like is limited to some extent by including polymer particles in the ink composition, thereby suppressing the variation in the degree of aggregation to some extent. It is thought that it is done. Furthermore, in the present invention, the ink composition contains the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1), so that it is applied to the recording medium (preferably together with the treatment liquid) and is in the middle of drying. It is considered that the viscosity of the ink composition increases, thereby further enhancing the effect of the polymer particles (the effect of suppressing variation in the degree of aggregation of the pigment), and thus suppressing uneven gloss.
 即ち、本発明のインク組成物において、前記ポリマー粒子のガラス転移温度を90℃未満に変更した場合には、画像割れが発生する傾向がある。更に、光沢ムラも発生する傾向がある。
 画像割れをより抑制する観点からは、前記ガラス転移温度は100℃以上が好ましい。
 前記ガラス転移温度の上限には特に制限はないが、例えば150℃未満とすることができる。
 ガラス転移温度が90℃以上であるポリマー粒子の好ましい形態については後述する。
That is, in the ink composition of the present invention, when the glass transition temperature of the polymer particles is changed to less than 90 ° C., image cracking tends to occur. Further, gloss unevenness tends to occur.
From the viewpoint of further suppressing image cracking, the glass transition temperature is preferably 100 ° C. or higher.
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the upper limit of the said glass transition temperature, For example, it can be set as less than 150 degreeC.
A preferred form of the polymer particles having a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. or higher will be described later.
 また、本発明のインク組成物において、一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物に代えて、一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物以外の重合性化合物(例えば、一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物以外の(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物)を用いた場合には、画像割れが発生する場合があり、かつ、光沢ムラが発生する場合がある。
 この理由は、乾燥途中の状態にあるインク組成物の粘度を上昇させる効果が不足するためと考えられる。
In the ink composition of the present invention, a polymerizable compound other than the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1) (for example, a polymerizable compound (for example, When a (meth) acrylamide compound other than the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1) is used, image cracking may occur and gloss unevenness may occur.
The reason for this is considered that the effect of increasing the viscosity of the ink composition in the middle of drying is insufficient.
 一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物の好ましい形態については後述する。 A preferred form of the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1) will be described later.
 以下、本発明のインク組成物中の各成分について説明する。 Hereinafter, each component in the ink composition of the present invention will be described.
<ポリマー粒子>
 本発明のインク組成物は、ガラス転移温度が90℃以上であるポリマー粒子(以下、「特定ポリマー粒子」ともいう)を少なくとも1種含有する。
 前記特定ポリマー粒子は、後述のポリマー分散剤(顔料の少なくとも一部を被覆するポリマー分散剤)とは異なり、顔料とは別に存在している粒子であり、より詳細にはガラス転移温度が90℃以上であるポリマー(以下、「特定ポリマー」ともいう)からなる粒子である。
 一般に、インク組成物にポリマー粒子を含有させることにより、画像の記録媒体への密着性及び画像の耐傷性が向上する。
 例えば、インク組成物を後述する処理液とともに記録媒体上に付与して画像を形成する場合には、前記ポリマー粒子は、該処理液又はこれを乾燥させた領域と接触した際に、インク組成物中において分散不安定化して凝集し、インク組成物を増粘することによりインク組成物を固定化する機能を有する。これにより、インク組成物の記録媒体への密着性及び画像の耐傷性をより向上させることができる。
<Polymer particles>
The ink composition of the present invention contains at least one polymer particle having a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. or higher (hereinafter also referred to as “specific polymer particle”).
Unlike the polymer dispersant described later (a polymer dispersant that covers at least a part of the pigment), the specific polymer particles are particles that exist separately from the pigment. More specifically, the specific polymer particles have a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. Particles composed of the above-described polymer (hereinafter also referred to as “specific polymer”).
In general, the inclusion of polymer particles in the ink composition improves the adhesion of the image to the recording medium and the scratch resistance of the image.
For example, when an image is formed by applying the ink composition to a recording medium together with a treatment liquid described later, the polymer particles are brought into contact with the treatment liquid or a region where the polymer particles are dried. It has a function of fixing the ink composition by destabilizing and agglomerating in the inside and thickening the ink composition. Thereby, the adhesion of the ink composition to the recording medium and the scratch resistance of the image can be further improved.
 更に、前述のとおり、ポリマー粒子のガラス転移温度が90℃以上であることにより(即ち、特定ポリマー粒子であることにより)、画像割れが抑制される。ガラス転移温度の好ましい範囲は前述のとおりである。 Furthermore, as described above, when the glass transition temperature of the polymer particles is 90 ° C. or higher (that is, due to the specific polymer particles), image cracking is suppressed. A preferable range of the glass transition temperature is as described above.
 特定ポリマー粒子のガラス転移温度(T)は、通常用いられる方法によって適宜制御することができる。例えば、特定ポリマー粒子を構成するモノマー(重合性化合物)の種類やその構成比率、特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーの分子量等を適宜選択することで、特定ポリマー粒子のガラス転移温度(T)を所望の範囲に制御することができる。 The glass transition temperature (T g ) of the specific polymer particles can be appropriately controlled by a commonly used method. For example, the glass transition temperature (T g ) of the specific polymer particle can be selected by appropriately selecting the type of monomer (polymerizable compound) constituting the specific polymer particle, its constituent ratio, the molecular weight of the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle, and the like. It can be controlled within a desired range.
 本発明において、ポリマー粒子のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、実測によって得られる測定Tgを適用する。
 具体的には、測定Tgとしては、エスアイアイ・ナノテクノロジー(株)製の示差走査熱量計(DSC)EXSTAR6220を用いて通常の測定条件で測定された値を意味する。但し、ポリマーの分解等により測定が困難な場合には、下記の計算式で算出される計算Tgを適用する。計算Tgは下記の式(1)で計算されるものである。
  1/Tg=Σ(X/Tg) ・・・(1)
 ここで、計算対象となるポリマーはi=1からnまでのn種のモノマー成分が共重合しているとする。Xはi番目のモノマーの重量分率(ΣX=1)、Tgはi番目のモノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度(絶対温度)である。但し、Σはi=1からnまでの和をとる。尚、各モノマーの単独重合体ガラス転移温度の値(Tg)は、Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (J.Brandrup, E.H.Immergut著(Wiley-Interscience、1989))の値を採用する。
In the present invention, the measured Tg obtained by actual measurement is applied as the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer particles.
Specifically, the measurement Tg means a value measured under normal measurement conditions using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) EXSTAR 6220 manufactured by SII Nanotechnology. However, when measurement is difficult due to polymer decomposition or the like, calculation Tg calculated by the following calculation formula is applied. The calculation Tg is calculated by the following equation (1).
1 / Tg = Σ (X i / Tg i ) (1)
Here, it is assumed that n types of monomer components from i = 1 to n are copolymerized in the polymer to be calculated. X i is the weight fraction of the i-th monomer (ΣX i = 1), and Tg i is the glass transition temperature (absolute temperature) of the homopolymer of the i-th monomer. However, Σ is the sum from i = 1 to n. The homopolymer glass transition temperature value (Tg i ) of each monomer is the value of Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (by J. Brandrup, EH Immergut (Wiley-Interscience, 1989)).
 前記特定ポリマー粒子としては、転相乳化法により得られたポリマー粒子であることが好ましく、下記の自己分散性ポリマーの粒子(自己分散性ポリマー粒子)がより好ましい。
 ここで、自己分散性ポリマーとは、界面活性剤の不存在下、転相乳化法により分散状態としたとき、ポリマー自身が有する官能基(特に酸性基又はその塩)によって、水性媒体中で分散状態となり得る水不溶性ポリマーをいう。
 ここで、分散状態とは、水性媒体中に水不溶性ポリマーが液体状態で分散された乳化状態(エマルション)、及び、水性媒体中に水不溶性ポリマーが固体状態で分散された分散状態(サスペンジョン)の両方の状態を含むものである。
 また、「水不溶性」とは、水100質量部(25℃)に対する溶解量が5.0質量部以下であることを指す。
The specific polymer particles are preferably polymer particles obtained by a phase inversion emulsification method, and the following self-dispersing polymer particles (self-dispersing polymer particles) are more preferable.
Here, the self-dispersing polymer is dispersed in an aqueous medium by a functional group (particularly an acidic group or a salt thereof) possessed by the polymer itself when it is dispersed by a phase inversion emulsification method in the absence of a surfactant. A water-insoluble polymer that can be in a state.
Here, the dispersed state refers to an emulsified state (emulsion) in which a water-insoluble polymer is dispersed in an aqueous medium and a dispersed state (suspension) in which a water-insoluble polymer is dispersed in an aqueous medium. It includes both states.
“Water-insoluble” means that the amount dissolved in 100 parts by mass of water (25 ° C.) is 5.0 parts by mass or less.
 前記転相乳化法としては、例えば、ポリマーを溶媒(例えば、水溶性有機溶剤等)中に溶解又は分散させた後、界面活性剤を添加せずにそのまま水中に投入し、ポリマーが有する塩生成基(例えば、酸性基)を中和した状態で、攪拌、混合し、前記溶媒を除去した後、乳化又は分散状態となった水性分散物を得る方法が挙げられる。 As the phase inversion emulsification method, for example, a polymer is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent (for example, a water-soluble organic solvent) and then poured into water as it is without adding a surfactant. Examples include a method of obtaining an aqueous dispersion in an emulsified or dispersed state after stirring and mixing in a state in which a group (for example, an acidic group) is neutralized and removing the solvent.
 前記自己分散性ポリマー粒子としては、例えば特開2010-64480号公報の段落0090~0121、及び特開2011-068085号公報の段落0130~0167に記載されている自己分散性ポリマー粒子の中から、ガラス転移温度が90℃以上であるものを選択して用いることができる。 Examples of the self-dispersing polymer particles include self-dispersing polymer particles described in paragraphs 0090 to 0121 of JP2010-64480A and paragraphs 0130 to 0167 of JP2011-068805A. Those having a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. or higher can be selected and used.
 前記特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマー(特定ポリマー。以下同じ。)は、芳香族基を有する構造単位及び脂環族基を有する構造単位の少なくとも一方を有することが好ましい。ここで、脂環族基は、環状脂肪族基と同義である。
 これにより、形成された画像の強度をより向上(例えば耐傷性や耐ブロッキング性)させることができる。
 なお、本明細書中では、特定ポリマーに含まれる構造単位を、「構成成分」ということがある。
The polymer constituting the specific polymer particles (specific polymer; the same shall apply hereinafter) preferably has at least one of a structural unit having an aromatic group and a structural unit having an alicyclic group. Here, the alicyclic group is synonymous with the cyclic aliphatic group.
Thereby, the strength of the formed image can be further improved (for example, scratch resistance and blocking resistance).
In the present specification, the structural unit contained in the specific polymer may be referred to as “constituent component”.
(芳香族基を有する構造単位)
 前記芳香族基を有する構造単位としては、フェニル基を有する構造単位、ベンジル基を有する構造単位、フェノキシ基を有する構造単位、フェネチル基を有する構造単位等が挙げられるが、中でも、ベンジル基を有する構造単位、フェノキシ基を有する構造単位(好ましくはフェノキシエチル基を有する構造単位)が好ましい。
(Structural unit having an aromatic group)
Examples of the structural unit having an aromatic group include a structural unit having a phenyl group, a structural unit having a benzyl group, a structural unit having a phenoxy group, and a structural unit having a phenethyl group. A structural unit and a structural unit having a phenoxy group (preferably a structural unit having a phenoxyethyl group) are preferred.
 前記芳香族基を有する構造単位は、芳香族基を有するモノマー(以下、「芳香族基含有モノマー」ともいう)に由来する構造単位であることが好ましい。
 前記芳香族基含有モノマーは、芳香族炭化水素に由来する芳香族基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有するモノマーであることが好ましい。前記芳香族基含有モノマーは、1種単独でも、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
The structural unit having an aromatic group is preferably a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic group (hereinafter also referred to as “aromatic group-containing monomer”).
The aromatic group-containing monomer is preferably a monomer having an aromatic group derived from an aromatic hydrocarbon and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. The aromatic group-containing monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 前記芳香族基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、芳香族基含有(メタ)アクリレートモノマー(例えば、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、等)、スチレン系モノマー等が挙げられる。中でも、ポリマー鎖の親水性と疎水性のバランスとインク定着性の観点から、芳香族基含有モノマーとしては、芳香族基含有(メタ)アクリレートモノマーが好ましく、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、及びフェニル(メタ)アクリレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種がより好ましく、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートが更に好ましい。 Examples of the aromatic group-containing monomer include aromatic group-containing (meth) acrylate monomers (for example, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, etc.), styrene monomers, and the like. Can be mentioned. Among these, from the viewpoint of the balance between the hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity of the polymer chain and the ink fixing property, the aromatic group-containing monomer is preferably an aromatic group-containing (meth) acrylate monomer, such as phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meta ) Acrylate and at least one selected from phenyl (meth) acrylate, more preferably phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate and benzyl (meth) acrylate.
(脂環族基を有する構造単位)
 前記脂環族基を有する構造単位は、脂環族基を有するモノマー(以下、「脂環族基含有モノマー」ともいう)に由来する構造単位であることが好ましい。
 前記脂環族基含有モノマーは、脂環族基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有するモノマーであることが好ましく、脂環族基を有する(メタ)アクリレート(以下、「脂環式(メタ)アクリレート」ともいう)がより好ましい。
 脂環式(メタ)アクリレートとは、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構造部位と、アルコールに由来する構造部位とを含み、アルコールに由来する構造部位に、無置換又は置換された脂環式炭化水素基を少なくとも1つ含む構造を有しているものである。尚、前記脂環式炭化水素基は、アルコールに由来する構造部位そのものであっても、連結基を介してアルコールに由来する構造部位に結合していてもよい。
(Structural unit having an alicyclic group)
The structural unit having an alicyclic group is preferably a structural unit derived from a monomer having an alicyclic group (hereinafter also referred to as “alicyclic group-containing monomer”).
The alicyclic group-containing monomer is preferably a monomer having an alicyclic group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic group (hereinafter referred to as “alicyclic (meth) acrylate”. Are also preferred).
The alicyclic (meth) acrylate includes a structural site derived from (meth) acrylic acid and a structural site derived from alcohol, and the structural site derived from alcohol is unsubstituted or substituted. It has a structure containing at least one hydrogen group. The alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be a structural site derived from alcohol itself or may be bonded to a structural site derived from alcohol via a linking group.
 脂環式炭化水素基としては、環状の非芳香族炭化水素基を含むものであれば特に限定はなく、単環式炭化水素基、2環式炭化水素基、3環式以上の多環式炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などのシクロアルキル基や、シクロアルケニル基、ビシクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、ジシクロペンテニル基、アダマンチル基、デカヒドロナフタレニル基、ペルヒドロフルオレニル基、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカニル基、及びビシクロ[4.3.0]ノナン等を挙げることができる。
 前記脂環式炭化水素基は、更に置換基を有してもよい。該置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、水酸基、1級アミノ基、2級アミノ基、3級アミノ基、アルキル又はアリールカルボニル基、及びシアノ基等が挙げられる。また、脂環式炭化水素基は、さらに縮合環を形成していてもよい。本発明における脂環式炭化水素基としては、粘度や溶解性の観点から、脂環式炭化水素基部分の炭素数が5~20であることが好ましい。
The alicyclic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited as long as it contains a cyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon group, and is a monocyclic hydrocarbon group, a bicyclic hydrocarbon group, a tricyclic or more polycyclic group. A hydrocarbon group is mentioned. Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a bicyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a dicyclopentanyl group, a dicyclopentenyl group, and an adamantyl group. , Decahydronaphthalenyl group, perhydrofluorenyl group, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and bicyclo [4.3.0] nonane.
The alicyclic hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, an alkyl or arylcarbonyl group, and a cyano group. Is mentioned. Further, the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may further form a condensed ring. The alicyclic hydrocarbon group in the present invention preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group portion from the viewpoint of viscosity and solubility.
 脂環式(メタ)アクリレートの具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
 単環式(メタ)アクリレートとしては、シクロプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロブチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘプチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロオクチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロノニル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロデシル(メタ)アクリレート等のシクロアルキル基の炭素数が3~10のシクロアルキル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 2環式(メタ)アクリレートとしては、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ノルボルニル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 3環式(メタ)アクリレートとしては、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 これらは、それぞれ単独で又は2種以上を混合して用いることができる。
Specific examples of the alicyclic (meth) acrylate are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Monocyclic (meth) acrylates include cyclopropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclobutyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, cycloheptyl (meth) acrylate, cyclooctyl (meth) acrylate, and cyclononyl. Examples thereof include cycloalkyl (meth) acrylates having 3 to 10 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group such as (meth) acrylate and cyclodecyl (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the bicyclic (meth) acrylate include isobornyl (meth) acrylate and norbornyl (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the tricyclic (meth) acrylate include adamantyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, and dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
These can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
 これらのうち、自己分散性ポリマー粒子の分散安定性と、定着性、ブロッキング耐性の観点から、脂環式(メタ)アクリレートとしては、2環式(メタ)アクリレート及び3環式以上の多環式(メタ)アクリレートから選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、及びジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoints of dispersion stability, fixing property, and blocking resistance of self-dispersing polymer particles, as the alicyclic (meth) acrylate, bicyclic (meth) acrylate and tricyclic or more polycyclic It is preferably at least one selected from (meth) acrylates, more preferably at least one selected from isobornyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate. .
 本発明における特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーにおいて、上述の芳香族基を有する構造単位及び上述の脂環族基を有する構造単位の総含有量としては、3質量%~95質量%であることが好ましい。前記総含有量がこの範囲であると、自己乳化又は分散状態の安定性が向上し、更にインク粘度の上昇を抑制することができる。 In the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle in the present invention, the total content of the structural unit having the aromatic group and the structural unit having the alicyclic group is 3% by mass to 95% by mass. preferable. When the total content is within this range, the stability of the self-emulsification or dispersion state can be improved, and further the increase in ink viscosity can be suppressed.
 また、ノズルからのインク組成物の除去性(メンテナンス性)や除去後の再吐出性も考慮すると、前記特定ポリマー粒子は、芳香族基を有する構造単位を有することがより好ましい。 In consideration of the removability (maintenance) of the ink composition from the nozzle and the re-ejection property after removal, it is more preferable that the specific polymer particles have a structural unit having an aromatic group.
 前記特定ポリマー粒子の更に好ましい形態は、前記特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーが前記芳香族基を有する構造単位を含み、前記芳香族基を有する構造単位の含有量が、該ポリマー全量に対し、3質量%~45質量%(より好ましくは3~40質量%、特に好ましくは5~30質量%)である形態である。
 この形態であると、前記特定ポリマー粒子のガラス転移温度を90℃以上に調整することがより容易となる。
In a more preferred embodiment of the specific polymer particle, the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle includes a structural unit having the aromatic group, and the content of the structural unit having the aromatic group is 3 with respect to the total amount of the polymer. It is in the form of mass% to 45 mass% (more preferably 3 to 40 mass%, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mass%).
With this form, it becomes easier to adjust the glass transition temperature of the specific polymer particles to 90 ° C. or higher.
(親水性の構造単位)
 前記特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーは、インク組成物中での分散性(自己分散性ポリマー粒子である場合には自己分散性)の観点から、親水性の構造単位を含むことが好ましい。
 前記親水性の構造単位は、親水性基を有するモノマー(以下、「親水性基含有モノマー」ともいう)に由来する構造単位であることが好ましい。
 この場合、前記親水性の構造単位は、1種の親水性基含有モノマーに由来するものであっても、2種以上の親水性基含有モノマーに由来するものであってもよい。
 前記親水性基としては、特に制限はなく、解離性基であってもノニオン性親水性基であってもよい。
 前記親水性基は、ポリマー粒子の自己分散促進の観点、形成された乳化又は分散状態の安定性の観点から、解離性基であることが好ましく、アニオン性の解離性基であることがより好ましい。前記解離性基としては、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホン酸基などが挙げられ、中でも、前記特定ポリマーを用いて得られたインク組成物の定着性の観点から、カルボキシル基が好ましい。
(Hydrophilic structural unit)
The polymer constituting the specific polymer particles preferably includes a hydrophilic structural unit from the viewpoint of dispersibility in the ink composition (self-dispersibility in the case of self-dispersing polymer particles).
The hydrophilic structural unit is preferably a structural unit derived from a monomer having a hydrophilic group (hereinafter also referred to as “hydrophilic group-containing monomer”).
In this case, the hydrophilic structural unit may be derived from one type of hydrophilic group-containing monomer or may be derived from two or more types of hydrophilic group-containing monomers.
The hydrophilic group is not particularly limited, and may be a dissociable group or a nonionic hydrophilic group.
The hydrophilic group is preferably a dissociable group, more preferably an anionic dissociable group, from the viewpoint of promoting self-dispersion of the polymer particles and the stability of the formed emulsified or dispersed state. . Examples of the dissociable group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, and a sulfonic acid group. Among them, a carboxyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of fixability of an ink composition obtained using the specific polymer.
 前記親水性基含有モノマーは、ポリマー粒子の自己分散性と凝集性の観点から、解離性基含有モノマーであることが好ましく、解離性基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する解離性基含有モノマーであることが好ましい。
 前記解離性基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、不飽和カルボン酸モノマー、不飽和スルホン酸モノマー、不飽和リン酸モノマー等が挙げられる。
The hydrophilic group-containing monomer is preferably a dissociable group-containing monomer from the viewpoint of self-dispersibility and aggregation of polymer particles, and is a dissociable group-containing monomer having a dissociable group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Preferably there is.
Examples of the dissociable group-containing monomer include an unsaturated carboxylic acid monomer, an unsaturated sulfonic acid monomer, and an unsaturated phosphoric acid monomer.
 前記不飽和カルボン酸モノマーとして、具体的には、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、シトラコン酸、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルコハク酸等が挙げられる。
 前記不飽和スルホン酸モノマーとして、具体的には、スチレンスルホン酸、2-アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸、3-スルホプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ビス-(3-スルホプロピル)-イタコン酸エステル等が挙げられる。
 前記不飽和リン酸モノマーとして具体的には、ビニルホスホン酸、ビニルホスフェート、ビス(メタクリロキシエチル)ホスフェート、ジフェニル-2-アクリロイロキシエチルホスフェート、ジフェニル-2-メタクリロイロキシエチルホスフェート、ジブチル-2-アクリロイロキシエチルホスフェート等が挙げられる。
 前記解離性基含有モノマーの中では、分散安定性、吐出安定性の観点から、不飽和カルボン酸モノマーが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸がより好ましい。
Specific examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, and 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinic acid.
Specific examples of the unsaturated sulfonic acid monomer include styrene sulfonic acid, 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid, 3-sulfopropyl (meth) acrylate, bis- (3-sulfopropyl) -itaconate, and the like. Is mentioned.
Specific examples of the unsaturated phosphoric acid monomer include vinylphosphonic acid, vinyl phosphate, bis (methacryloxyethyl) phosphate, diphenyl-2-acryloyloxyethyl phosphate, diphenyl-2-methacryloyloxyethyl phosphate, dibutyl-2 -Acryloyloxyethyl phosphate and the like.
Among the dissociable group-containing monomers, an unsaturated carboxylic acid monomer is preferable and (meth) acrylic acid is more preferable from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and ejection stability.
 前記特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマー中における親水性の構造単位の含有量には特に制限はないが、分散安定性の観点から、前記含有量は、前記特定ポリマー粒子の全量に対し、2質量%~30質量%が好ましく、5質量%~20質量%がより好ましく、5質量%~15質量%が特に好ましい。 The content of the hydrophilic structural unit in the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the content is 2% by mass with respect to the total amount of the specific polymer particle. Is preferably 30% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 5% by mass to 15% by mass.
(アルキル基を有する構造単位)
 前記特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーは、ポリマー骨格の柔軟性やガラス転移温度(Tg)制御の容易さの観点から、アルキル基を有する構造単位を含むことが好ましい。
 アルキル基を有する構造単位におけるアルキル基の炭素数は、1~4が好ましい。
 アルキル基を有する構造単位は、アルキル基を有するモノマー(以下、「アルキル基含有モノマー」ともいう)に由来する構造単位であることが好ましい。
(Structural unit having an alkyl group)
The polymer constituting the specific polymer particles preferably includes a structural unit having an alkyl group from the viewpoint of flexibility of the polymer skeleton and easy control of the glass transition temperature (Tg).
The carbon number of the alkyl group in the structural unit having an alkyl group is preferably 1 to 4.
The structural unit having an alkyl group is preferably a structural unit derived from a monomer having an alkyl group (hereinafter also referred to as “alkyl group-containing monomer”).
 前記アルキル基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、t-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキル(メタ)アクリレート;ヒドロキシメチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマー;ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のジアルキルアミノアルキル(メタ)アクリレート;N-ヒドロキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、Nーヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等のN-ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;N-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-エトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(n-,イソ)ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-エトキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(n-、イソ)ブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等のN-アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。
 中でも、アルキル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、アルキル基の炭素数が1~4であるアルキル(メタ)アクリレートがより好ましく、メチル(メタ)アクリレート又はエチル(メタ)アクリレートが更に好ましく、メチル(メタ)アクリレートが特に好ましい。
Examples of the alkyl group-containing monomer include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, alkyl (meth) acrylates such as t-butyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate; hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) Ethylenically unsaturated monomers having a hydroxyl group such as acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypentyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate; Dialkylaminoalkyl (meth) acrylates such as ru (meth) acrylate; N-hydroxyalkyl (meth) such as N-hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylamide Acrylamide; N-methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N- (n-, iso) butoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethoxyethyl (meta) And (meth) acrylamide such as N-alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylamide such as N- (n-, iso) butoxyethyl (meth) acrylamide.
Among them, alkyl (meth) acrylate is preferable, alkyl (meth) acrylate having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, methyl (meth) acrylate or ethyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable, methyl (meth) acrylate Is particularly preferred.
 前記特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマー中におけるアルキル基を有する構造単位の含有量には特に制限はないが、分散安定性の観点から、前記含有量は、前記特定ポリマー粒子の全量に対し、5質量%~90質量%が好ましく、30質量%~90質量%がより好ましく、40質量%~90質量%が更に好ましく、50質量%~90質量%が特に好ましく、60質量%~85質量%が最も好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having an alkyl group in the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the content is 5 mass with respect to the total amount of the specific polymer particle. % To 90% by weight, more preferably 30% to 90% by weight, still more preferably 40% to 90% by weight, particularly preferably 50% to 90% by weight, most preferably 60% to 85% by weight. preferable.
 前記特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーは、必要に応じ、上述した構造単位以外の構造単位を含んでいてもよい。 The polymer constituting the specific polymer particle may contain a structural unit other than the above-described structural unit, if necessary.
 前記特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーの共重合比率の好ましい形態は、ガラス転移温度を90℃以上に調整し易く、かつ、分散安定性を良好に維持する観点からみて、以下の形態である。
 即ち、上記観点からみた好ましい形態は、特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーが、前記芳香族基(好ましくは、ベンジル基、フェノキシ基)を有する構造単位を共重合比率として3質量%~45質量%(より好ましくは3~40質量%、特に好ましくは5~30質量%)と、親水性の構造単位を共重合比率として2質量%~30質量(より好ましくは5質量%~20質量%、特に好ましくは5質量%~15質量%)と、アルキル基を有する構造単位を共重合比率として5質量%~90質量%(より好ましくは30質量%~90質量%、更に好ましくは50質量%~90質量%、特に好ましくは60質量%~85質量%)と、を含む形態である。
 前記特定ポリマー粒子の更に好ましい形態は、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートに由来する構造単位またはフェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートに由来する構造単位の少なくとも一方を共重合比率として3質量%~45質量%(より好ましくは3~40質量%、特に好ましくは5~30質量%)と、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構造単位を共重合比率として2質量%~30質量(より好ましくは5質量%~20質量%、特に好ましくは5質量%~15質量%)と、アルキル(メタ)アクリレートに由来する構造単位を共重合比率として40質量%~90質量%(より好ましくは50質量%~90質量%、特に好ましくは60質量%~85質量%)と、を含む形態である。
From the viewpoints of easily adjusting the glass transition temperature to 90 ° C. or more and maintaining good dispersion stability, preferred forms of the copolymerization ratio of the polymer constituting the specific polymer particles are as follows.
That is, the preferred form from the above viewpoint is that the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle is 3% by mass to 45% by mass in terms of a copolymerization ratio of the structural unit having the aromatic group (preferably benzyl group or phenoxy group). More preferably 3 to 40% by mass, particularly preferably 5 to 30% by mass) and a hydrophilic structural unit as a copolymerization ratio of 2 to 30% by mass (more preferably 5 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably). Is 5% by mass to 15% by mass) and 5% by mass to 90% by mass (more preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass, and still more preferably 50% by mass to 90% by mass) as a copolymerization ratio of the structural unit having an alkyl group. %, Particularly preferably 60% by mass to 85% by mass).
A more preferable form of the specific polymer particle is 3% by mass to 45% by mass (more preferably) with a copolymerization ratio of at least one of a structural unit derived from benzyl (meth) acrylate or a structural unit derived from phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate. 3 to 40% by mass, particularly preferably 5 to 30% by mass) and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid as a copolymerization ratio of 2 to 30% by mass (more preferably 5 to 20% by mass). Particularly preferably 5 to 15% by mass) and a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate as a copolymerization ratio of 40 to 90% by mass (more preferably 50 to 90% by mass, particularly preferably Is 60 mass% to 85 mass%).
 特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーの分子量範囲は、重量平均分子量で3000~20万であることが好ましく、5000~15万であることがより好ましく、10000~10万であることが更に好ましい。重量平均分子量を3000以上とすることで水溶性成分量を効果的に抑制することができる。また、重量平均分子量を20万以下とすることで、自己分散安定性を高めることができる。 The molecular weight range of the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle is preferably 3000 to 200,000, more preferably 5000 to 150,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 100,000 in terms of weight average molecular weight. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 3000 or more, the amount of water-soluble components can be effectively suppressed. Moreover, self-dispersion stability can be improved by making a weight average molecular weight into 200,000 or less.
 なお、特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーの重量平均分子量は、ゲル透過クロマトグラフ(GPC)で測定される。GPCは、HLC-8020GPC(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとして、TSKgel、Super Multipore HZ-H(東ソー(株)製、4.6mmID×15cm)を3本用い、溶離液としてTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いる。また、条件としては、試料濃度を0.45質量%、流速を0.35ml/min、サンプル注入量を10μl、測定温度を40℃とし、IR検出器を用いて行なう。また、検量線は、東ソー(株)製の標準試料TSK standard,polystyrene F-40、F-20、F-4、F-1、A-5000、A-2500及びA-1000ならびにn-プロピルベンゼンの8サンプルから作製する。 The weight average molecular weight of the polymer constituting the specific polymer particle is measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). For GPC, HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) is used, TSKgel, Supermultipore HZ-H (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 4.6 mm ID × 15 cm) are used as columns, and THF (tetrahydrofuran) is used as an eluent. ) Is used. As conditions, the sample concentration is 0.45% by mass, the flow rate is 0.35 ml / min, the sample injection amount is 10 μl, the measurement temperature is 40 ° C., and an IR detector is used. The calibration curves are standard samples TSK standard, polystyrene F-40, F-20, F-4, F-1, A-5000, A-2500, A-1000, and n-propylbenzene manufactured by Tosoh Corporation. 8 samples are prepared.
 本発明における特定ポリマー粒子(特に自己分散性ポリマー粒子)の平均粒子径は、体積平均粒子径で10~400nmの範囲が好ましく、10~200nmの範囲がより好ましく、10~100nmの範囲が更に好ましく、特に好ましくは10~50nmの範囲である。体積平均粒子径が10nm以上であると製造適性が向上する。また、体積平均粒子径が400nm以下であると保存安定性が向上する。また、前記ポリマー粒子の粒径分布に関しては、特に制限はなく、広い粒径分布を持つもの又は単分散の粒径分布を持つもののいずれでもよい。また、粒径分布の異なる前記ポリマー粒子を2種以上混合して使用してもよい。
 なお、特定ポリマー粒子の平均粒子径及び粒径分布は、ナノトラック粒度分布測定装置UPA-EX150(日機装(株)製)を用いて、動的光散乱法により体積平均粒径を測定することにより求められるものである。
The average particle diameter of the specific polymer particles (particularly self-dispersing polymer particles) in the present invention is preferably in the range of 10 to 400 nm in terms of volume average particle diameter, more preferably in the range of 10 to 200 nm, and still more preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm. Particularly preferably, it is in the range of 10 to 50 nm. Manufacturability is improved when the volume average particle diameter is 10 nm or more. Moreover, storage stability improves that a volume average particle diameter is 400 nm or less. The particle size distribution of the polymer particles is not particularly limited, and may be either a wide particle size distribution or a monodispersed particle size distribution. Two or more kinds of the polymer particles having different particle size distributions may be mixed and used.
The average particle size and particle size distribution of the specific polymer particles are determined by measuring the volume average particle size by a dynamic light scattering method using a nanotrack particle size distribution measuring device UPA-EX150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). It is required.
 本発明におけるインク組成物は、特定ポリマー粒子(好ましくは自己分散性ポリマー粒子)を1種単独で含んでいてもよいし、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。
 特定ポリマー粒子(好ましくは自己分散性ポリマー粒子)のインク組成物中における含有量(総含有量)としては、インク組成物全量に対して、0.5~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.5~3.0質量%が更に好ましく、0.5~2.0質量%が特に好ましい。
一般的には、ポリマー粒子の含有量が5.0質量%以下であるインク組成物では、画像割れおよび光沢ムラが発生し易い傾向がある。
 このため、本発明のインク組成物中における特定ポリマー粒子の(インク組成物全量に対する)含有量が5.0質量%以下である場合において、特定ポリマー粒子および特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物による、画像割れ抑制及び光沢ムラ抑制の効果がより顕著に奏される。
 また、本発明のインク組成物中における特定ポリマー粒子の(インク組成物全量に対する)含有量が5.0質量%以下であることにより、インク組成物の吐出性や安定性がより向上する。
The ink composition in the present invention may contain one kind of specific polymer particles (preferably self-dispersing polymer particles), or two or more kinds.
The content (total content) of the specific polymer particles (preferably self-dispersing polymer particles) in the ink composition is preferably 0.5 to 5.0% by mass relative to the total amount of the ink composition. 5 to 3.0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 2.0% by mass is particularly preferable.
In general, an ink composition having a polymer particle content of 5.0% by mass or less tends to cause image cracking and gloss unevenness.
For this reason, when the content of the specific polymer particles (relative to the total amount of the ink composition) in the ink composition of the present invention is 5.0% by mass or less, image cracking caused by the specific polymer particles and the specific (meth) acrylamide compound. The effect of suppression and gloss unevenness suppression is more remarkable.
Further, when the content of the specific polymer particles (relative to the total amount of the ink composition) in the ink composition of the present invention is 5.0% by mass or less, the dischargeability and stability of the ink composition are further improved.
<一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物>
 本発明のインク組成物は、下記一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物を少なくとも1種含有する。
<(Meth) acrylamide compound represented by general formula (1)>
The ink composition of the present invention contains at least one (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 
 一般式(1)中、複数のRは、各々独立に水素原子又はメチル基を表し、複数のRは、各々独立に炭素数2~4の直鎖又は分岐のアルキレン基を表す。但し、Rの両端に結合する酸素原子と窒素原子とがR中の同一の炭素原子に結合した構造をとることはない。複数のRは、各々独立に2価の連結基を表す。複数のkは、各々独立に2又は3を表す。x、y、及びzは、各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、x+y+zは、0~18を満たす。
 但し、1つのC2kO単位内において、kは同一である。
In the general formula (1), a plurality of R 1 s each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a plurality of R 2 s each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. However, not to take an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom bonded to both ends of R 2 are bonded to the same carbon atom in R 2 structure. Several R < 3 > represents a bivalent coupling group each independently. Several k represents 2 or 3 each independently. x, y, and z each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6, and x + y + z satisfies 0 to 18.
However, k is the same within one C k H 2k O unit.
 前記一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(以下、「特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物」や「一般式(1)で表される化合物」ともいう)は、一分子内に4つの(メタ)アクリルアミド構造を有する4官能の(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物である。以下では、(メタ)アクリルアミド構造を「(メタ)アクリルアミド基」ともいう。
 この特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物は、例えば、α線、γ線、X線、紫外線、可視光線、赤外光線、電子線等の活性エネルギー線や熱等のエネルギーの付与による重合反応に基づく硬化性を示す。これにより、形成された画像の耐擦過性や耐傷性が高められる。更に、上記特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物は、水溶性を示し、水やアルコール等の水溶性有機溶剤に良好に溶解するものである。
 ここで、「水溶性」とは、水に一定濃度以上溶解できることをいい、水性のインク又は場合により処理液中に溶解し得る性質を有していればよい。具体的には、水に対する溶解度が10質量%以上であることが好ましく、15質量%以上であることがより好ましい。
The (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1) (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific (meth) acrylamide compound” or “compound represented by the general formula (1)”) has four in one molecule. It is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylamide compound having a (meth) acrylamide structure. Hereinafter, the (meth) acrylamide structure is also referred to as “(meth) acrylamide group”.
This specific (meth) acrylamide compound is, for example, curability based on polymerization reaction by applying energy such as active energy rays such as α rays, γ rays, X rays, ultraviolet rays, visible rays, infrared rays, electron rays, and heat. Indicates. This enhances the scratch resistance and scratch resistance of the formed image. Furthermore, the said specific (meth) acrylamide compound shows water solubility, and melt | dissolves favorably in water-soluble organic solvents, such as water and alcohol.
Here, the term “water-soluble” means that it can be dissolved in water at a certain concentration or more, and it only needs to have a property that can be dissolved in water-based ink or, in some cases, in a processing liquid. Specifically, the solubility in water is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 15% by mass or more.
 特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物は、他の4官能以上の重合性化合物(例えば、特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物以外の4官能以上の(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物)と比較し、水への溶解性、重合効率の面で優れている。 Specific (meth) acrylamide compounds are more soluble in water and more efficient than other tetrafunctional or higher polymerizable compounds (for example, tetrafunctional or higher (meth) acrylamide compounds other than specific (meth) acrylamide compounds). In terms of
 本発明のインク組成物が、特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物を含むことにより、前記特定ポリマー粒子による、顔料の凝集度合いのバラツキを抑制する効果が更に高められ、光沢ムラが抑制される。更に、画像割れが抑制される。
 画像割れ及び光沢ムラが抑制される理由は、前述のとおり、インク組成物が一般式(1)で示す構造の特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物を含むことにより、記録媒体に(好ましくは処理液とともに)付与されて乾燥途中の状態にあるインク組成物の粘度が上昇するため、と考えられる。
 従来、インク組成物に4官能(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物を含有させることがあったが(例えば、特開2011-174013号、特開2011-195822号公報等)、従来の4官能(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物では、一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物ほどの粘度上昇の効果は得られない。このため、本発明のインク組成物において、一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物に代えて、従来の4官能(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物を用いた場合には、本発明で得られる程の画像割れ抑制の効果及び光沢ムラ抑制の効果は得られない。
When the ink composition of the present invention contains the specific (meth) acrylamide compound, the effect of suppressing variation in the degree of aggregation of the pigment due to the specific polymer particles is further enhanced, and gloss unevenness is suppressed. Furthermore, image cracking is suppressed.
As described above, the reason why image cracking and gloss unevenness are suppressed is that the ink composition contains a specific (meth) acrylamide compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1), so that the recording medium (preferably together with the processing liquid). This is probably because the viscosity of the ink composition that has been applied and is in the middle of drying increases.
Conventionally, a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylamide compound is sometimes contained in an ink composition (for example, JP 2011-174013 A, JP 2011-195822 A, etc.). Then, the effect of a viscosity increase as the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1) cannot be obtained. For this reason, in the ink composition of the present invention, when a conventional tetrafunctional (meth) acrylamide compound is used instead of the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (1), the ink composition can be obtained according to the present invention. The effect of suppressing image cracking and the effect of suppressing gloss unevenness cannot be obtained.
 一般式(1)において、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。複数のRは、互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。 In the general formula (1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom. Several R < 1 > may mutually be same or different.
 Rは、炭素数2~4の直鎖又は分岐のアルキレン基を表す。複数のRは、互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。Rは、炭素数3~4のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数3のアルキレン基であることがより好ましく、炭素数3の直鎖のアルキレン基であることが特に好ましい。Rのアルキレン基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよく、該置換基としてはアリール基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。 R 2 represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. A plurality of R 2 may be the same as or different from each other. R 2 is preferably an alkylene group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a linear alkylene group having 3 carbon atoms. The alkylene group for R 2 may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an aryl group and an alkoxy group.
 但し、Rにおいて、Rの両端に結合する酸素原子と窒素原子とがRの同一の炭素原子に結合した構造をとることはない。Rは、酸素原子と(メタ)アクリルアミド基の窒素原子とを連結する直鎖又は分岐のアルキレン基である。ここで、アルキレン基が分岐構造をとる場合、両端の酸素原子と(メタ)アクリルアミド基の窒素原子とがアルキレン基中の同一の炭素原子に結合した-O-C-N-構造(ヘミアミナール構造)をとることが考えられるが、一般式(1)で表される化合物はこのような構造の化合物を含まない。分子内に-O-C-N-構造を有する化合物は、炭素原子の位置で分解が起こりやすいため、保存中に分解されやすく、インク組成物に含有した場合に保存安定性が低下する要因となる点で好ましくない。 However, R 2 does not have a structure in which an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom bonded to both ends of R 2 are bonded to the same carbon atom of R 2 . R 2 is a linear or branched alkylene group that connects the oxygen atom and the nitrogen atom of the (meth) acrylamide group. Here, when the alkylene group has a branched structure, the —O—C—N— structure (hemaminal structure) in which the oxygen atoms at both ends and the nitrogen atom of the (meth) acrylamide group are bonded to the same carbon atom in the alkylene group. However, the compound represented by the general formula (1) does not include a compound having such a structure. A compound having an —O—C—N— structure in the molecule is likely to decompose at the position of the carbon atom, so that it is easily decomposed during storage and causes a decrease in storage stability when contained in an ink composition. This is not preferable.
 Rは、2価の連結基を表し、複数のRは、互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。Rで表される2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、複素環基、又はこれらの組み合わせからなる基等が挙げられ、アルキレン基が好ましい。なお、2価の連結基がアルキレン基を含む場合、該アルキレン基中にはさらに-O-、-S-、及び-NR-から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基が含まれていてもよい。Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。 R 3 represents a divalent linking group, and a plurality of R 3 may be the same as or different from each other. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by R 3 include an alkylene group, an arylene group, a heterocyclic group, or a group composed of a combination thereof, and an alkylene group is preferable. When the divalent linking group includes an alkylene group, the alkylene group may further include at least one group selected from —O—, —S—, and —NR a —. R a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 Rがアルキレン基を含む場合、アルキレン基の例としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、ヘキシレン基、へプチレン基、オクチレン基、ノニレン基等が挙げられる。Rのアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~6であることが好ましく、1~3であることがさらに好ましく、1であることが特に好ましい。Rのアルキレン基には、さらに-O-、-S-、及び-NR-から選ばれる少なくとも1種が含まれていてもよい。-O-が含まれるアルキレン基の例としては、-C-O-C-、-C-O-C-等が挙げられる。Rのアルキレン基はさらに置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としてはアリール基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。 When R 3 contains an alkylene group, examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a heptylene group, an octylene group, and a nonylene group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group represented by R 3 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 1. The alkylene group for R 3 may further contain at least one selected from —O—, —S—, and —NR a —. Examples of the alkylene group containing —O— include —C 2 H 4 —O—C 2 H 4 —, —C 3 H 6 —O—C 3 H 6 — and the like. The alkylene group for R 3 may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an aryl group and an alkoxy group.
 Rがアリーレン基を含む場合、アリーレン基の例としては、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等が挙げられる、Rのアリーレン基の炭素数は、6~14であることが好ましく、6~10であることがさらに好ましく、6であることが特に好ましい。Rのアリーレン基はさらに置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としてはアルキル基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。 When R 3 contains an arylene group, examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group and a naphthylene group. The carbon number of the arylene group of R 3 is preferably 6 to 14, and preferably 6 to 10. More preferably, 6 is particularly preferable. The arylene group for R 3 may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and an alkoxy group.
 Rが複素環基を含む場合、複素環基としては、5員または6員環のものが好ましく、それらは更に縮環していてもよい。また、複素環は、芳香族複素環であっても非芳香族複素環であってもよい。複素環基としては、例えば、ピリジン、ピラジン、ピリミジン、ピリダジン、トリアジン、キノリン、イソキノリン、キナゾリン、シンノリン、フタラジン、キノキサリン、ピロール、インドール、フラン、ベンゾフラン、チオフェン、ベンゾチオフェン、ピラゾール、イミダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、トリアゾール、オキサゾール、ベンズオキサゾール、チアゾール、ベンゾチアゾール、イソチアゾール、ベンズイソチアゾール、チアジアゾール、イソオキサゾール、ベンズイソオキサゾール、ピロリジン、ピペリジン、ピペラジン、イミダゾリジン、チアゾリンなどが挙げられる。中でも、芳香族複素環基が好ましく、ピリジン、ピラジン、ピリミジン、ピリダジン、トリアジン、ピラゾール、イミダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、トリアゾール、チアゾール、ベンゾチアゾール、イソチアゾール、ベンズイソチアゾール、チアジアゾールが好ましい。なお、上記で示した複素環基は、置換位置を省略した形で例示しているが、置換位置は限定されるものではなく、例えばピリジンであれば、2位、3位、4位で置換することが可能で、これらの置換体を全て含み得るものである。
 複素環基は、さらに置換基を有してもよく、置換基の例としては、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。
When R 3 contains a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, which may be further condensed. The heterocyclic ring may be an aromatic heterocyclic ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring. Examples of the heterocyclic group include pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, triazine, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, quinoxaline, pyrrole, indole, furan, benzofuran, thiophene, benzothiophene, pyrazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, And triazole, oxazole, benzoxazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, isothiazole, benzisothiazole, thiadiazole, isoxazole, benzisoxazole, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, imidazolidine, thiazoline and the like. Among them, an aromatic heterocyclic group is preferable, and pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, triazine, pyrazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, isothiazole, benzisothiazole, and thiadiazole are preferable. In addition, although the heterocyclic group shown above is illustrated in a form in which the substitution position is omitted, the substitution position is not limited. For example, in the case of pyridine, substitution is made at the 2-position, 3-position, and 4-position. And can include all of these substitutions.
The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group.
 前記一般式(1)中のkは、2又は3を表す。複数のkは、互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。また、C2kは、直鎖構造であっても分岐構造であってもよい。
 また、x、y、及びzは、各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~3の整数であることがより好ましい。x+y+zは、0~18を満たし、0~15を満たすことが好ましく、0~9を満たすことがより好ましい。
K in the general formula (1) represents 2 or 3. Several k may mutually be same or different. C k H 2k may be a linear structure or a branched structure.
X, y and z each independently represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 3. x + y + z satisfies 0 to 18, preferably satisfies 0 to 15, and more preferably satisfies 0 to 9.
 上記のうち、Rが水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Rが炭素数2~4のアルキレン基を表し、Rが炭素数1~6(好ましくは炭素数1~3)のアルキレン基を表し、kが2又は3を表し、x、y、及びzは、各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、x+y+zが0~15を満たす場合が好ましい。 Among the above, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms). And k represents 2 or 3, x, y and z each independently represents an integer of 0 to 6, and x + y + z preferably satisfies 0 to 15.
 前記一般式(1)で表される化合物の具体例を以下に示す。但し、本発明においては、これらに制限されるものではない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (1) are shown below. However, the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 
 
 前記一般式(1)で表される化合物は、例えば下記スキーム1又はスキーム2にしたがって製造することができる。 The compound represented by the general formula (1) can be produced, for example, according to the following scheme 1 or scheme 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 
 前記スキーム1において、第一工程は、アクリロニトリルとトリスヒドロキシメチルアミノメタンとの反応によりポリシアノ化合物を得る工程である。この工程での反応は、3~60℃で2~8時間行なわれることが好ましい。
 第二工程は、ポリシアノ化合物を触媒存在下で水素と反応させ、還元反応によりポリアミン化合物を得る工程である。この工程での反応は、20~60℃で5~16時間行なわれることが好ましい。
 第三工程は、ポリアミン化合物とアクリル酸クロリド又はメタクリル酸クロリドとのアシル化反応により多官能アクリルアミド化合物を得る工程である。この工程での反応は、3~25℃で1~5時間行なわれることが好ましい。なお、アシル化剤は、酸クロリドに換えてジアクリル酸無水物又はジメタクリル酸無水物を用いてもよい。なお、アシル化工程で、アクリル酸クロリドとメタクリル酸クロリドの両方を用いることで、最終生成物として同一分子内にアクリルアミド構造とメタクリルアミド構造とを有する化合物を得ることができる。
In the scheme 1, the first step is a step of obtaining a polycyano compound by reaction of acrylonitrile and trishydroxymethylaminomethane. The reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 60 ° C. for 2 to 8 hours.
The second step is a step of reacting a polycyano compound with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst to obtain a polyamine compound by a reduction reaction. The reaction in this step is preferably performed at 20 to 60 ° C. for 5 to 16 hours.
The third step is a step of obtaining a polyfunctional acrylamide compound by an acylation reaction between a polyamine compound and acrylic acid chloride or methacrylic acid chloride. The reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 25 ° C. for 1 to 5 hours. The acylating agent may be diacrylic anhydride or dimethacrylic anhydride instead of acid chloride. By using both acrylic acid chloride and methacrylic acid chloride in the acylation step, a compound having an acrylamide structure and a methacrylamide structure in the same molecule can be obtained as the final product.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 
 
 前記スキーム2において、第一工程は、アミノアルコールの窒素原子に、ベンジル基、ベンジルオキシカルボニル基等による保護基導入反応により窒素保護アミノアルコール化合物を得る工程である。この工程での反応は、3~25℃で3~5時間行なわれることが好ましい。
 第二工程は、窒素保護アミノアルコール化合物のOH基に、メタンスルホニル基、p-トルエンスルホニル基等の脱離基を導入し、スルホニル化合物を得る工程である。この工程の反応では、3~25℃で2~5時間行なわれることが好ましい。
 第三工程は、スルホニル化合物とトリスヒドロキシメチルニトロメタンとのSN2反応により、アミノアルコール付加化合物を得る工程である。この工程の反応では、3~70℃で5~10時間行なわれることが好ましい。
 第四工程は、アミノアルコール付加化合物を触媒存在下で水素と反応させ、水素添加反応によりポリアミン化合物を得る工程である。この工程の反応では、20~60℃で5~16時間行なわれることが好ましい。
 第五工程は、ポリアミン化合物とアクリル酸クロリド又はメタクリル酸クロリドとのアシル化反応により多官能アクリルアミド化合物を得る工程である。この工程の反応では、3~25℃で1~5時間行なわれることが好ましい。なお、アシル化剤は、酸クロリドに換えてジアクリル酸無水物又はジメタクリル酸無水物を用いてもよい。なお、アシル化工程で、アクリル酸クロリドとメタクリル酸クロリドの両方を用いることで、最終生成物として同一分子内にアクリルアミド構造とメタクリルアミド構造とを有する化合物を得ることができる。
In Scheme 2, the first step is a step of obtaining a nitrogen-protected aminoalcohol compound by introducing a protecting group with a benzyl group, benzyloxycarbonyl group or the like into the nitrogen atom of the aminoalcohol. The reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 25 ° C. for 3 to 5 hours.
The second step is a step of obtaining a sulfonyl compound by introducing a leaving group such as a methanesulfonyl group or p-toluenesulfonyl group into the OH group of the nitrogen-protected aminoalcohol compound. The reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 25 ° C. for 2 to 5 hours.
The third step is a step of obtaining an amino alcohol addition compound by SN2 reaction between a sulfonyl compound and trishydroxymethylnitromethane. The reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 70 ° C. for 5 to 10 hours.
The fourth step is a step of reacting an amino alcohol addition compound with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst to obtain a polyamine compound by hydrogenation reaction. The reaction in this step is preferably performed at 20 to 60 ° C. for 5 to 16 hours.
The fifth step is a step of obtaining a polyfunctional acrylamide compound by an acylation reaction between a polyamine compound and acrylic acid chloride or methacrylic acid chloride. The reaction in this step is preferably performed at 3 to 25 ° C. for 1 to 5 hours. The acylating agent may be diacrylic anhydride or dimethacrylic anhydride instead of acid chloride. By using both acrylic acid chloride and methacrylic acid chloride in the acylation step, a compound having an acrylamide structure and a methacrylamide structure in the same molecule can be obtained as the final product.
 上記工程を経て得られた化合物は、反応生成液から常法により精製することで得られる。例えば、有機溶媒を用いた分液抽出、貧溶媒を用いた晶析、シリカゲルを用いたカラムクロマトグラフィーなどによって精製できる。 The compound obtained through the above steps can be obtained by purifying the reaction product solution by a conventional method. For example, it can be purified by liquid separation extraction using an organic solvent, crystallization using a poor solvent, column chromatography using silica gel, and the like.
 前記特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物のインク組成物中における含有量は、インク組成物の総量に対して、3質量%以上15質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以上13質量%以下がより好ましく、7質量%以上13質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 前記含有量が3質量%以上であると、記録媒体上で乾燥されるときのインク組成物の粘度の均一性がより向上するため、画像割れ抑制及び光沢ムラ抑制の効果がより効果的に奏される。
 前記含有量が15質量%以下である場合も同様に、記録媒体上で乾燥されるときのインク組成物の粘度の均一性がより向上するため、画像割れ抑制及び光沢ムラ抑制の効果がより効果的に奏される。
The content of the specific (meth) acrylamide compound in the ink composition is preferably 3% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or more and 13% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the ink composition. More preferably, it is at least 13% by mass.
When the content is 3% by mass or more, the uniformity of the viscosity of the ink composition when dried on the recording medium is further improved, so that the effects of image cracking suppression and gloss unevenness suppression are more effectively achieved. Is done.
Similarly, when the content is 15% by mass or less, since the uniformity of the viscosity of the ink composition when dried on the recording medium is further improved, the effects of image cracking suppression and gloss unevenness suppression are more effective. Played.
 本発明のインク組成物は、上記特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物と共に、上記特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物以外の他の(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物を少なくとも1種含有する態様も好適である。
 他の(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物としては、下記一般式(2)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(但し、前述の一般式(1)で表される化合物を除く)の少なくとも1種が好適である。
 以下、一般式(2)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物を、単に、「一般式(2)で表される化合物」ともいう。
An embodiment in which the ink composition of the present invention contains at least one (meth) acrylamide compound other than the specific (meth) acrylamide compound together with the specific (meth) acrylamide compound is also suitable.
As the other (meth) acrylamide compound, at least one of (meth) acrylamide compounds represented by the following general formula (2) (excluding the compound represented by the above general formula (1)) is preferable. is there.
Hereinafter, the (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the general formula (2) is also simply referred to as “compound represented by the general formula (2)”.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 
 一般式(2)において、Qは、n価の基を表し、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。また、nは、1以上の整数を表す。
 但し、nが4である場合の一般式(2)で表される化合物の範囲には、前述の一般式(1)で表される化合物は含まれない。
In the general formula (2), Q represents an n-valent group, and R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. N represents an integer of 1 or more.
However, the range of the compound represented by the general formula (2) when n is 4 does not include the compound represented by the general formula (1).
 一般式(2)で表される化合物は、不飽和ビニル単量体がアミド結合により基Qに結合したものである。
 一般式(2)中のnが1である化合物は、一分子内に1つの(メタ)アクリルアミド構造を有する単官能(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物であり、一般式(2)中のnが2以上の整数である化合物は、一分子内に2つ以上の(メタ)アクリルアミド構造を有する多官能(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物である。
The compound represented by the general formula (2) is a compound in which an unsaturated vinyl monomer is bonded to the group Q through an amide bond.
The compound in which n in general formula (2) is 1 is a monofunctional (meth) acrylamide compound having one (meth) acrylamide structure in one molecule, and n in general formula (2) is 2 or more. The compound which is an integer is a polyfunctional (meth) acrylamide compound having two or more (meth) acrylamide structures in one molecule.
 一般式(2)において、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、好ましくは水素原子である。
 前記基Qの価数nは、浸透性、重合効率、吐出安定性を向上させる観点から、1以上であり、1以上6以下が好ましく、1以上4以下がより好ましく、1以上3以下が特に好ましい。
In the general formula (2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom.
The valence n of the group Q is 1 or more, preferably 1 or more, 6 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, particularly preferably 1 or more and 3 or less, from the viewpoint of improving permeability, polymerization efficiency, and ejection stability. preferable.
 前記一般式(2)において、nが1である場合の基Qは、(メタ)アクリルアミド構造と連結可能な1価の基であれば、特に制限はない。nが1である場合の基Qとしては、水溶性を有する基から選択されることが好ましい。具体的には、以下の化合物群Xから選ばれる化合物から1以上の水素原子又はヒドロキシル基を除いた1価の残基を挙げることができる。 In the general formula (2), the group Q when n is 1 is not particularly limited as long as it is a monovalent group that can be linked to a (meth) acrylamide structure. The group Q when n is 1 is preferably selected from water-soluble groups. Specific examples include monovalent residues obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms or hydroxyl groups from a compound selected from the following compound group X.
(化合物群X)
 エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、2,3-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,4-ペンタンジオール、2,4-ペンタンジオール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、2-メチル-2,4-ペンタンジオール、1,5-ヘキサンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、2,5-ヘキサンジオール、グリセリン、1,2,4-ブタントリオール,1,2,6-ヘキサントリオール、1,2,5-ペンタントリオール、チオグリコール、トリメチロールプロパン、ジトリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン、ジトリメチロールエタン、ネオペンチルグリコール、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトール、及びこれらの縮合体、低分子ポリビニルアルコール、又は糖類などのポリオール化合物;並びに、
 エチレンジアミン、ジエチレントリアミン、トリエチレンテトラミン、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリプロピレンジアミンなどのポリアミン化合物。
(Compound group X)
Ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4 -Butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,4-pentanediol, 2,4-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl-2,4 -Pentanediol, 1,5-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,5-hexanediol, glycerin, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,2,6-hexanetriol, 1,2,5 -Pentanetriol, thioglycol, tri Ji, ditrimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, di-trimethylolpropane, neopentyl glycol, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, and condensates thereof, polyol compounds such as low molecular polyvinyl alcohol, or sugars; and,
Polyamine compounds such as ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, polyethyleneimine, and polypropylenediamine.
 また、nが2以上の整数である場合の基Qとしては、メチレン、エチレン、プロピレン、ブチレン基等の炭素数4以下の置換又は無置換のアルキレン基、飽和又は不飽和のヘテロ環(ピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環など)を有する2価以上の連結基、並びに、オキシアルキレン基(好ましくはオキシエチレン基)を含むポリオール化合物の2価以上の残基、オキシアルキレン基(好ましくはオキシエチレン基)を3以上含むポリオール化合物の2価以上の残基を例示することができる。 In addition, as the group Q when n is an integer of 2 or more, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 4 or less carbon atoms such as methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene group, saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring (pyridine ring) A divalent or higher valent linking group having an imidazole ring, a pyrazine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperazine ring, a morpholine ring, or the like, and a divalent or higher residue of a polyol compound containing an oxyalkylene group (preferably an oxyethylene group), A divalent or higher valent residue of a polyol compound containing 3 or more oxyalkylene groups (preferably oxyethylene groups) can be exemplified.
 一般式(2)で表される化合物としては、例えば、特開2010-69805号公報、特開2011-46872号公報、特開2011-178896号公報、特開2011-174013号公報、特開2011-195822号公報に記載されている水溶性の重合性化合物の中から適宜選択して用いることができる。 Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (2) include, for example, JP 2010-69805 A, JP 2011-46872 A, JP 2011-178896 A, JP 2011-174013 A, and JP 2011 2011. -195822 can be appropriately selected from water-soluble polymerizable compounds described in JP-A No. 195822.
 本発明のインク組成物は、記録媒体として塗工紙を用いた場合における、塗工紙のコート層(例えば、無機顔料を含むコート層。以下同じ。)への浸透性の点で有利である観点から、既述の一般式(1)で表される化合物(特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物)と共に、単官能(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(例えば、一般式(2)中のnが1である化合物)を含有することが好ましい。これにより、インク組成物による画像のみならず、塗工紙のコート層も硬化されるので、記録媒体に対する画像の密着性がより向上する。
 この場合、単官能(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物の含有量は、インク組成物の全量に対し、10質量%~30質量%が好ましく、10質量%~25質量%がより好ましく、10質量%~20質量%が特に好ましい。
 単官能(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物としては、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、などが挙げられ、特に好ましくはヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミドであり、最も好ましくはヒドロキシエチルアクリルアミドである。
The ink composition of the present invention is advantageous in terms of penetrability into a coated layer of a coated paper (for example, a coated layer containing an inorganic pigment, the same applies hereinafter) when coated paper is used as a recording medium. From the viewpoint, a monofunctional (meth) acrylamide compound (for example, a compound in which n in the general formula (2) is 1) together with the compound represented by the general formula (1) described above (specific (meth) acrylamide compound) It is preferable to contain. Thereby, not only the image by the ink composition but also the coating layer of the coated paper is cured, so that the adhesion of the image to the recording medium is further improved.
In this case, the content of the monofunctional (meth) acrylamide compound is preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 25% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink composition. % Is particularly preferred.
Examples of monofunctional (meth) acrylamide compounds include hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, and isopropyl (meth) acrylamide. Particularly preferred is hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, and most preferred is hydroxyethylacrylamide.
 更に、本発明のインク組成物は、上記特定(メタ)アクリルアミドと共に、カチオン性の重合性化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 カチオン性の重合性化合物は、カチオン基と不飽和二重結合等の重合性基とを有する化合物であり、例えば、エポキシモノマー類、オキタセンモノマー類などを好適に用いることができる。カチオン性の重合性化合物を含有すると、カチオン基を有することでインク組成物のカチオン性が強くなり、アニオン性インクを用いたときの混色がより効果的に防止される。
Furthermore, the ink composition of the present invention may contain a cationic polymerizable compound together with the specific (meth) acrylamide.
The cationic polymerizable compound is a compound having a cationic group and a polymerizable group such as an unsaturated double bond, and for example, epoxy monomers and octacene monomers can be suitably used. When the cationic polymerizable compound is contained, the cationic property of the ink composition is increased due to the presence of the cationic group, and color mixing when an anionic ink is used is more effectively prevented.
 本発明におけるインク組成物では、重合性化合物(少なくとも特定(メタ)アクリルアミドを含む)のインク組成物全量に対する合計量は、10質量%以上50質量%以下が好ましく、15質量%以上35質量%以下がより好ましい。重合性化合物の合計量が前記範囲内であることで、硬化反応性が良好で画像全体における硬化の均一化が図れる。 In the ink composition of the present invention, the total amount of the polymerizable compound (including at least specific (meth) acrylamide) with respect to the total amount of the ink composition is preferably 10% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, and 15% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less. Is more preferable. When the total amount of the polymerizable compounds is within the above range, the curing reactivity is good and the curing can be made uniform in the entire image.
<顔料>
 本発明のインク組成物は、顔料を少なくとも1種含む。
 前記顔料としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、有機顔料、無機顔料のいずれであってもよい。
 前記顔料は、水に殆ど不溶であるか又は難溶である顔料であることが、インク着色性の点で好ましい。
<Pigment>
The ink composition of the present invention contains at least one pigment.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as said pigment, According to the objective, it can select suitably, For example, any of an organic pigment and an inorganic pigment may be sufficient.
The pigment is preferably a pigment that is almost insoluble or hardly soluble in water from the viewpoint of ink colorability.
 前記顔料としては、その種類に特に制限はなく、従来公知の有機顔料又は無機顔料を用いることができる。 The type of the pigment is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known organic pigment or inorganic pigment can be used.
 前記有機顔料としては、例えば、アゾ顔料、多環式顔料、染料キレート、ニトロ顔料、ニトロソ顔料、アニリンブラック、などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、アゾ顔料、多環式顔料などがより好ましい。前記アゾ顔料としては、例えば、アゾレーキ、不溶性アゾ顔料、縮合アゾ顔料、キレートアゾ顔料、などが挙げられる。前記多環式顔料としては、例えば、フタロシアニン顔料、ぺリレン顔料、ぺリノン顔料、アントラキノン顔料、キナクリドン顔料、ジオキサジン顔料、インジゴ顔料、チオインジゴ顔料、イソインドリノン顔料、キノフタロン顔料、などが挙げられる。前記染料キレートとしては、例えば、塩基性染料型キレート、酸性染料型キレート、などが挙げられる。 Examples of the organic pigments include azo pigments, polycyclic pigments, dye chelates, nitro pigments, nitroso pigments, and aniline black. Among these, azo pigments and polycyclic pigments are more preferable. Examples of the azo pigments include azo lakes, insoluble azo pigments, condensed azo pigments, and chelate azo pigments. Examples of the polycyclic pigment include phthalocyanine pigments, perylene pigments, perinone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, indigo pigments, thioindigo pigments, isoindolinone pigments, and quinophthalone pigments. Examples of the dye chelates include basic dye chelates and acidic dye chelates.
 また前記無機顔料としては、例えば、酸化チタン、酸化鉄、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム、水酸化アルミニウム、バリウムイエロー、カドミウムレッド、クロムイエロー、カーボンブラック、などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、カーボンブラックが特に好ましい。なお、前記カーボンブラックとしては、例えば、コンタクト法、ファーネス法、サーマル法などの公知の方法によって製造されたものが挙げられる。 Examples of the inorganic pigment include titanium oxide, iron oxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, aluminum hydroxide, barium yellow, cadmium red, chrome yellow, and carbon black. Among these, carbon black is particularly preferable. In addition, as said carbon black, what was manufactured by well-known methods, such as a contact method, a furnace method, and a thermal method, is mentioned, for example.
 本発明に用いることができる顔料として具体的には、例えば、特開2007-100071号公報の段落番号[0142]~[0145]に記載の顔料などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the pigment that can be used in the present invention include pigments described in paragraph numbers [0142] to [0145] of JP-A No. 2007-1000007.
 上記の顔料は、1種単独で使用してもよく、また、上記した各群内もしくは各群間より複数種を選択して組み合わせて使用してもよい。
 顔料のインク組成物中における含有量としては、色濃度、粒状性、インク安定性、吐出信頼性の観点から、インク組成物の全質量に対して、1~25質量%となる量が好ましく、2~20質量%となる量がより好ましい。
The above pigments may be used alone or in combination of a plurality of types selected from within each group or between groups.
The content of the pigment in the ink composition is preferably 1 to 25% by mass with respect to the total mass of the ink composition from the viewpoint of color density, granularity, ink stability, and ejection reliability. An amount of 2 to 20% by mass is more preferable.
(分散剤)
 本発明のインク組成物において、前記顔料は、分散剤によって分散されていることが好ましい。即ち、本発明のインク組成物は、分散剤の少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。
 前記顔料の分散剤としては、ポリマー分散剤、又は低分子の界面活性剤型分散剤のいずれでもよい。また、ポリマー分散剤は、水溶性の分散剤、又は非水溶性の分散剤のいずれでもよい。
(Dispersant)
In the ink composition of the present invention, the pigment is preferably dispersed by a dispersant. That is, the ink composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one dispersant.
The pigment dispersant may be either a polymer dispersant or a low molecular surfactant type dispersant. The polymer dispersant may be either a water-soluble dispersant or a water-insoluble dispersant.
 前記低分子の界面活性剤型分散剤については、例えば、特開2011-178029号公報の段落0047~0052に記載された公知の低分子の界面活性剤型分散剤を用いることができる。 As the low molecular surfactant type dispersant, for example, known low molecular surfactant type dispersants described in paragraphs 0047 to 0052 of JP2011-178029A can be used.
 前記ポリマー分散剤のうち、水溶性分散剤としては、親水性高分子化合物が挙げられる。例えば、天然の親水性高分子化合物では、アラビアガム、トラガンガム、グアーガム、カラヤガム、ローカストビーンガム、アラビノガラクトン、ペクチン、クインスシードデンプン等の植物性高分子、アルギン酸、カラギーナン、寒天等の海藻系高分子、ゼラチン、カゼイン、アルブミン、コラーゲン等の動物系高分子、キサンテンガム、デキストラン等の微生物系高分子等が挙げられる。 Among the polymer dispersants, examples of the water-soluble dispersant include hydrophilic polymer compounds. For example, natural hydrophilic polymer compounds include plant polymers such as gum arabic, tragan gum, guar gum, karaya gum, locust bean gum, arabinogalactone, pectin, quince seed starch, seaweeds such as alginic acid, carrageenan and agar. Examples include molecules, animal polymers such as gelatin, casein, albumin and collagen, and microorganism polymers such as xanthene gum and dextran.
 また、天然物を原料に修飾した親水性高分子化合物では、メチルセルロース、エチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、カルボキシメチルセルロース等の繊維素系高分子、デンプングリコール酸ナトリウム、デンプンリン酸エステルナトリウム等のデンプン系高分子、アルギン酸ナトリウム、アルギン酸プロピレングリコールエステル等の海藻系高分子等が挙げられる。
 更に、合成系の親水性高分子化合物としては、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリビニルメチルエーテル等のビニル系高分子、非架橋ポリアクリルアミド、ポリアクリル酸又はそのアルカリ金属塩、水溶性スチレンアクリル樹脂等のアクリル系樹脂、水溶性スチレンマレイン酸樹脂、水溶性ビニルナフタレンアクリル樹脂、水溶性ビニルナフタレンマレイン酸樹脂、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリビニルアルコール、β-ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン縮合物のアルカリ金属塩、四級アンモニウムやアミノ基等のカチオン性官能基の塩を側鎖に有する高分子化合物、セラック等の天然高分子化合物等が挙げられる。
In addition, in hydrophilic polymer compounds modified from natural products, fiber polymers such as methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, starch such as sodium starch glycolate and sodium starch phosphate And seaweed polymers such as sodium alginate, propylene glycol alginate, and the like.
Further, synthetic hydrophilic polymer compounds include vinyl polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and polyvinyl methyl ether, non-crosslinked polyacrylamide, polyacrylic acid or alkali metal salts thereof, water-soluble styrene acrylic resins, and the like. Acrylic resin, water-soluble styrene maleic acid resin, water-soluble vinyl naphthalene acrylic resin, water-soluble vinyl naphthalene maleic acid resin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, alkali metal salts of β-naphthalene sulfonic acid formalin condensate, quaternary ammonium and amino And a polymer compound having a salt of a cationic functional group such as a group in the side chain, and a natural polymer compound such as shellac.
 これらの中でも、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、スチレンアクリル酸のホモポリマーや、他の親水基を有するモノマーとの共重合体などのように、カルボキシル基が導入された水溶性分散剤が親水性高分子化合物として好ましい。 Among these, water-soluble dispersants introduced with carboxyl groups are hydrophilic polymers such as homopolymers of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, styrene acrylic acid, and copolymers with monomers having other hydrophilic groups. Preferred as a compound.
 ポリマー分散剤のうち、非水溶性分散剤としては、疎水性部と親水性部の両方を有するポリマーを用いることができる。例えば、スチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、スチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル-(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、ポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート-(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、酢酸ビニル-マレイン酸共重合体、スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体等が挙げられる。 Among the polymer dispersants, as the water-insoluble dispersant, a polymer having both a hydrophobic part and a hydrophilic part can be used. For example, styrene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, styrene- (meth) acrylic acid- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, (meth) acrylic acid ester- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, polyethylene glycol ( Examples thereof include a (meth) acrylate- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, a vinyl acetate-maleic acid copolymer, and a styrene-maleic acid copolymer.
 ポリマー分散剤の重量平均分子量は、3,000~100,000が好ましく、より好ましくは5,000~50,000であり、更に好ましくは5,000~40,000であり、特に好ましくは10,000~40,000である。
 なお、ポリマー分散剤の重量平均分子量は、前述の特定ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーの重量平均分子量と同様にして測定される。
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer dispersant is preferably 3,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 5,000 to 40,000, and particularly preferably 10,000. 000 to 40,000.
In addition, the weight average molecular weight of a polymer dispersing agent is measured similarly to the weight average molecular weight of the polymer which comprises the above-mentioned specific polymer particle.
 ポリマー分散剤は、自己分散性、及び処理液が接触したときの凝集速度の観点から、カルボキシル基を有するポリマーを含むことが好ましく、カルボキシル基を有し、酸価が100mgKOH/g以下のポリマーであることが好ましく、酸価は25mgKOH/g~100mgKOH/gのポリマーがより好ましい。特に、本発明のインク組成物を、インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる処理液と共に用いる場合には、カルボキシル基を有し、かつ酸価が25mgKOH/g~100mgKOH/gのポリマー分散剤が有効である。処理液については、後述する。 The polymer dispersant preferably contains a polymer having a carboxyl group from the viewpoints of self-dispersibility and aggregation rate when the treatment liquid comes into contact. The polymer dispersant has a carboxyl group and has an acid value of 100 mgKOH / g or less. A polymer having an acid value of 25 mgKOH / g to 100 mgKOH / g is more preferable. In particular, when the ink composition of the present invention is used together with a treatment liquid that aggregates the components in the ink composition, a polymer dispersant having a carboxyl group and an acid value of 25 mgKOH / g to 100 mgKOH / g is effective. It is. The processing liquid will be described later.
 前記顔料(p)と前記分散剤(s)との混合質量比(p:s)としては、1:0.06~1:3の範囲が好ましく、1:0.125~1:2の範囲がより好ましく、更に好ましくは1:0.125~1:1.5である。 The mixing mass ratio (p: s) between the pigment (p) and the dispersant (s) is preferably in the range of 1: 0.06 to 1: 3, and in the range of 1: 0.125 to 1: 2. Is more preferably 1: 0.125 to 1: 1.5.
 本発明においては、顔料に加えて染料を用いてもよい。染料を用いる場合には、染料を水不溶性の担体に保持したものを用いることができる。染料としては、公知の染料を制限なく用いることができ、例えば、特開2001-115066号公報、特開2001-335714号公報、特開2002-249677号公報等に記載の染料が好適に用いられる。担体としては、水に不溶又は難溶であれば、特に制限はなく、無機材料、有機材料、及びこれらの複合材料から選択して用いることができる。具体的には、特開2001-181549号公報、特開2007-169418号公報等に記載の担体が好適に用いられる。
 染料を保持した担体(水不溶性着色粒子)は、分散剤を用いて水系分散物として用いることができる。分散剤としては上述した分散剤を好適に用いることができる。
In the present invention, a dye may be used in addition to the pigment. In the case of using a dye, a dye held on a water-insoluble carrier can be used. As the dye, known dyes can be used without limitation. For example, the dyes described in JP-A No. 2001-115066, JP-A No. 2001-335714, JP-A No. 2002-249677 and the like are preferably used. . The carrier is not particularly limited as long as it is insoluble or hardly soluble in water, and can be selected from inorganic materials, organic materials, and composite materials thereof. Specifically, carriers described in JP-A Nos. 2001-181549 and 2007-169418 are preferably used.
The carrier holding the dye (water-insoluble colored particles) can be used as an aqueous dispersion using a dispersant. As the dispersant, the above-described dispersants can be suitably used.
 本発明においては、画像の耐光性や品質などの観点から、顔料と分散剤と含むことが好ましく、有機顔料とポリマー分散剤とを含み、顔料表面の少なくとも一部がポリマー分散剤で被覆された水分散性顔料として含有されることがより好ましい。更には、インク組成物は、有機顔料とカルボキシル基を含むポリマー分散剤とを含み、顔料表面の少なくとも一部がカルボキシル基を有するポリマー分散剤で被覆された水分散性顔料を含むことが特に好ましく、凝集性の観点から、顔料はカルボキシル基を含むポリマー分散剤に被覆されて水不溶性であることが好ましい。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of image light resistance and quality, it is preferable to include a pigment and a dispersant, including an organic pigment and a polymer dispersant, and at least a part of the pigment surface is coated with the polymer dispersant. More preferably, it is contained as a water-dispersible pigment. Furthermore, it is particularly preferable that the ink composition includes an organic pigment and a polymer dispersant containing a carboxyl group, and a water-dispersible pigment in which at least a part of the pigment surface is coated with a polymer dispersant having a carboxyl group. From the viewpoint of cohesiveness, the pigment is preferably coated with a polymer dispersant containing a carboxyl group and is insoluble in water.
 分散状態での顔料の平均粒子径としては、10nm~200nmが好ましく、10nm~150nmがより好ましく、10nm~100nmがさらに好ましい。平均粒子径が200nm以下であると、色再現性が良好になり、インクジェット法で打滴する際の打滴特性が良好になる。平均粒子径が10nm以上であると、耐光性が良好になる。また、色材の粒径分布に関しては、特に制限はなく、広い粒径分布又は単分散性の粒径分布のいずれであってもよい。また、単分散性の粒径分布を持つ色材を2種以上混合して使用してもよい。
 ここで、分散状態での顔料の平均粒子径は、インク化した状態での平均粒子径を示すが、インク化する前段階のいわゆる濃縮インク分散物についても同様である。
 なお、分散状態での顔料の平均粒子径及び粒径分布は、前述の特定ポリマー粒子の平均粒子径及び粒径分布と同様にして求められるものである。
The average particle diameter of the pigment in the dispersed state is preferably 10 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 10 nm to 150 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm. When the average particle size is 200 nm or less, the color reproducibility is good, and the droplet ejection characteristics when droplets are ejected by the ink jet method are good. When the average particle size is 10 nm or more, light resistance is improved. Further, the particle size distribution of the color material is not particularly limited, and may be either a wide particle size distribution or a monodisperse particle size distribution. Two or more color materials having a monodisperse particle size distribution may be mixed and used.
Here, the average particle diameter of the pigment in the dispersed state indicates the average particle diameter in the ink state, but the same applies to the so-called concentrated ink dispersion in the previous stage before the ink is formed.
The average particle size and particle size distribution of the pigment in the dispersed state are determined in the same manner as the average particle size and particle size distribution of the specific polymer particles described above.
<水>
 本発明のインク組成物は水を含む。
 即ち、本発明のインク組成物は、水性のインク組成物である。
 本発明における水としては、イオン交換水、蒸留水などのイオン性不純物を含まない水を用いることが好ましい。
 また、インク組成物における水の含有量は、目的に応じて適宜選択されるが、インク組成物の全量に対し、好ましくは10質量%~99質量%であり、より好ましくは30質量%~90質量%であり、更に好ましくは30質量%~80質量%であり、特に好ましくは50質量%~70質量%である。
<Water>
The ink composition of the present invention contains water.
That is, the ink composition of the present invention is an aqueous ink composition.
As water in this invention, it is preferable to use water which does not contain ionic impurities, such as ion-exchange water and distilled water.
The water content in the ink composition is appropriately selected according to the purpose, but is preferably 10% by mass to 99% by mass, and more preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink composition. % By mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 70% by mass.
<水溶性有機溶剤>
 本発明におけるインク組成物は、水溶性有機溶剤の少なくとも1種を含有していてもよい。
 前記水溶性有機溶剤の例としては、例えば、グリセリン、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール等のアルカンジオール(多価アルコール類);糖アルコール類;エタノール、メタノール、ブタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノールなどの炭素数1~4のアルキルアルコール類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノ-iso-プロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-iso-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノ-t-ブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-t-ブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、1-メチル-1-メトキシブタノール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-t-ブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-iso-プロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノ-iso-プロピルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルなどのグリコールエーテル類等が挙げられる。これらは、1種単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
<Water-soluble organic solvent>
The ink composition in the invention may contain at least one water-soluble organic solvent.
Examples of the water-soluble organic solvent include, for example, alkanediols (polyhydric alcohols) such as glycerin, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; sugar alcohols; and carbon numbers of 1 to 4 such as ethanol, methanol, butanol, propanol, and isopropanol. Alkyl alcohols of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-iso- Propyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-iso-propyl ether, ethylene glycol Mono-n-butyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 1-methyl-1-methoxybutanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol Mono-t-butyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol mono-iso-propyl ether, dipropylene glycol, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether , Dipropylene glycol mono-iso-propyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl Glycol ethers such as ether, and the like. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 前記水溶性有機溶剤としては、例えば、特開2011-074150号公報の段落0124~0135や、特開2011-079901号公報の段落0104~0119等に記載の公知の水溶性有機溶剤を用いることもできる。 As the water-soluble organic solvent, for example, known water-soluble organic solvents described in paragraphs 0124 to 0135 of JP2011-074150, paragraphs 0104 to 0119 of JP2011-079901A, and the like may be used. it can.
 本発明におけるインク組成物が水溶性有機溶剤を含有する場合、その含有量は、インク組成物の全量に対し、60質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the ink composition in the present invention contains a water-soluble organic solvent, the content thereof is preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the ink composition.
<重合開始剤>
 本発明のインク組成物は重合開始剤を少なくとも1種含有する。
 これにより、活性エネルギー線により前記特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物の重合を開始させることができる。
 前記重合開始剤は、1種単独で又は2種以上を混合して用いることができる。また、前記重合開始剤は、増感剤と併用してもよい。
<Polymerization initiator>
The ink composition of the present invention contains at least one polymerization initiator.
Thereby, superposition | polymerization of the said specific (meth) acrylamide compound can be started with an active energy ray.
The said polymerization initiator can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. The polymerization initiator may be used in combination with a sensitizer.
 重合開始剤は、活性エネルギー線により重合性化合物の重合反応を開始し得る化合物を適宜選択して含有することができる。重合開始剤の例として、放射線もしくは光、又は電子線により活性種(ラジカル、酸、塩基など)を発生する重合開始剤(例えば光重合開始剤等)が挙げられる。 The polymerization initiator can contain a compound that can initiate a polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound by active energy rays as appropriate. Examples of the polymerization initiator include polymerization initiators (for example, photopolymerization initiators) that generate active species (radicals, acids, bases, etc.) by radiation or light, or electron beams.
 光重合開始剤としては、例えば、アセトフェノン、2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、p-ジメチルアミノアセトフェン、p-ジメチルアミノプロピオフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、2-クロロベンゾフェノン、p,p’-ジクロロベンゾフェン、p,p’-ビスジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーケトン、ベンジル、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインn-プロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾインn-ブチルエーテル、ベンジルジメチルケタール、テトラメチルチウラムモノサルファイド、チオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2-メチルチオキサントン、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、ベンゾインパーオキサイド、ジ-tert-ブチルパーオキサイド、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、1-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)-フェニル]-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-プロパン-1-オン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-1-オン、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、メチルベンゾイルフォーメートが挙げられる。更に、例えばトリフェニルスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート、ジフェニルヨードニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート等の、芳香族ジアゾニウム塩、芳香族ハロニウム塩、芳香族スルホニウム塩、メタロセン化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include acetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophene, p-dimethylaminopropiophenone, benzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, p, p′-dichlorobenzophene, p, p'-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, Michler's ketone, benzyl, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin n-propyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin n-butyl ether, benzyldimethyl ketal, tetramethylthiuram mono Sulfide, thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, azobisisobutyronitrile, benzoin peroxide Di-tert-butyl peroxide, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 1- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) -phenyl] -2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one, 2-hydroxy- Examples include 2-methyl-1-phenyl-1-one, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, and methylbenzoyl formate. Furthermore, for example, aromatic diazonium salts, aromatic halonium salts, aromatic sulfonium salts, metallocene compounds such as triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantimonate and the like can be mentioned.
 前記重合開始剤のインク組成物中における含有量としては、前述の特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(または、特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物以外の重合性化合物を含む場合には、特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物を含む重合性化合物全体)に対して、1~40質量%が好ましく、5~30質量%がより好ましい。重合開始剤の含有量は、1質量%以上であると画像の耐傷性がより向上し、高速記録に有利であり、40質量%以下であると吐出安定性の点で有利である。 The content of the polymerization initiator in the ink composition includes the specific (meth) acrylamide compound described above (or a specific (meth) acrylamide compound when a polymerizable compound other than the specific (meth) acrylamide compound is included). 1 to 40% by mass is preferable, and 5 to 30% by mass is more preferable based on the entire polymerizable compound. When the content of the polymerization initiator is 1% by mass or more, the scratch resistance of the image is further improved, which is advantageous for high-speed recording, and when it is 40% by mass or less, it is advantageous in terms of ejection stability.
 前記増感剤としては、アミン系(脂肪族アミン、芳香族基を含むアミン、ピペリジンなど)、尿素(アリル系、o-トリルチオ尿素など)、イオウ化合物(ナトリウムジエチルジチオホスフェート、芳香族スルフィン酸の可溶性塩など)、ニトリル系化合物(N,N,ジ置換p-アミノベンゾニトリルなど)、リン化合物(トリn-ブチルホスフィン、ネトリウムジエチルジチオホスフィードなど)、窒素化合物(ミヒラーケトン、N-ニトリソヒドロキシルアミン誘導体、オキサゾリジン化合物、テトラヒドロ1,3オキサジン化合物、ホルムアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒドとジアミンの縮合物など)、塩素化合物(四塩化炭素、ヘキサクロロエタンなど)、エポキシ樹脂とアミンの反応生成物の高分子化アミン、トリエタノールアミントリアクリレート、等が挙げられる。
 増感剤は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で含有することができる。
Examples of the sensitizer include amines (aliphatic amines, amines containing aromatic groups, piperidine, etc.), ureas (allylic, o-tolylthiourea, etc.), sulfur compounds (sodium diethyldithiophosphate, aromatic sulfinic acid). Soluble salts, etc.), nitrile compounds (N, N, di-substituted p-aminobenzonitrile, etc.), phosphorus compounds (tri-n-butylphosphine, netium diethyldithiophos feed, etc.), nitrogen compounds (Michler ketone, N-nitriso) Hydroxylamine derivatives, oxazolidine compounds, tetrahydro 1,3-oxazine compounds, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde and diamine condensates, etc.), chlorine compounds (carbon tetrachloride, hexachloroethane, etc.), polymerized amines of reaction products of epoxy resins and amines , Triethanolamine Acrylate, and the like.
A sensitizer can be contained in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention.
<界面活性剤>
 本発明におけるインク組成物は、必要に応じて、界面活性剤の少なくとも1種を含むことができる。界面活性剤は、例えば表面張力調整剤として用いることができる。
 前記界面活性剤としては、分子内に親水部と疎水部を合わせ持つ構造を有する化合物等が有効に使用することができ、アニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、両性界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、ベタイン系界面活性剤のいずれも使用することができる。更に、上記の水溶性ポリマー(高分子分散剤)を界面活性剤としても用いてもよい。
<Surfactant>
The ink composition in the present invention can contain at least one surfactant as required. The surfactant can be used as a surface tension adjusting agent, for example.
As the surfactant, a compound having a structure having both a hydrophilic part and a hydrophobic part in the molecule can be used effectively. Anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, nonions Either a surfactant or a betaine surfactant can be used. Further, the above water-soluble polymer (polymer dispersing agent) may be used as a surfactant.
 本発明においては、インクの打滴干渉抑制の観点から、ノニオン性界面活性剤が好ましく、中でもアセチレングリコール誘導体(アセチレングリコール系界面活性剤)がより好ましい。
 前記アセチレングリコール系界面活性剤としては、例えば、2,4,7,9-テトラメチル-5-デシン-4,7-ジオール及び2,4,7,9-テトラメチル-5-デシン-4,7-ジオールのアルキレンオキシド付加物等を挙げることができ、これから選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。これらの化合物の市販品としては例えば、日信化学工業社のオルフィンE1010などのEシリーズを挙げることができる。
In the present invention, a nonionic surfactant is preferable from the viewpoint of suppression of ink droplet ejection interference, and among them, an acetylene glycol derivative (acetylene glycol surfactant) is more preferable.
Examples of the acetylene glycol surfactants include 2,4,7,9-tetramethyl-5-decyne-4,7-diol and 2,4,7,9-tetramethyl-5-decyne-4, An alkylene oxide adduct of 7-diol can be used, and at least one selected from these is preferable. Examples of commercially available products of these compounds include E series such as Olphine E1010 manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
 前記界面活性剤(表面張力調整剤)をインク組成物に含有する場合、界面活性剤はインクジェット方式によりインク組成物の吐出を良好に行う観点から、インク組成物の表面張力を20~60mN/mに調整できる範囲の量を含有するのが好ましく、表面張力の点からはより好ましくは20~45mN/mであり、更に好ましくは25~40mN/mである。 When the surfactant (surface tension adjusting agent) is contained in the ink composition, the surfactant has a surface tension of 20 to 60 mN / m from the viewpoint of satisfactorily discharging the ink composition by an ink jet method. The amount is preferably within the range that can be adjusted, more preferably from 20 to 45 mN / m, and even more preferably from 25 to 40 mN / m from the viewpoint of surface tension.
 本発明のインク組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の具体的な量には特に限定はないが、インク組成物の全量に対し、0.1質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~10質量%であり、更に好ましくは0.2~3質量%である。 When the ink composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the specific amount of the surfactant is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably based on the total amount of the ink composition. The content is 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 3% by mass.
<他の成分>
 本発明におけるインク組成物は、上記成分以外にその他の添加剤を含んでいてもよい。その他の添加剤としては、例えば、重合禁止剤、乾燥防止剤(湿潤剤)、褪色防止剤、乳化安定剤、浸透促進剤、紫外線吸収剤、防腐剤、防黴剤、pH調整剤、表面張力調整剤、消泡剤、粘度調整剤、分散安定剤、防錆剤、キレート剤等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。これらの各種添加剤は、インク組成物の場合はインクに直接添加し、また、油性染料を分散物として用いる場合は染料分散物の調製後に分散物に添加するのが一般的であるが、調製時に油相又は水相に添加してもよい。
<Other ingredients>
The ink composition in the invention may contain other additives in addition to the above components. Other additives include, for example, polymerization inhibitors, anti-drying agents (wetting agents), anti-fading agents, emulsion stabilizers, penetration enhancers, ultraviolet absorbers, preservatives, anti-fungal agents, pH adjusters, surface tension. Well-known additives, such as a regulator, an antifoamer, a viscosity regulator, a dispersion stabilizer, a rust inhibitor, a chelating agent, are mentioned. These various additives are generally added directly to the ink in the case of an ink composition, and when an oily dye is used as a dispersion, it is generally added to the dispersion after the preparation of the dye dispersion. Sometimes it may be added to the oil or water phase.
<インク組成物の好ましい物性>
 本発明におけるインク組成物の表面張力(25℃)には特に限定はないが、20mN/m以上60mN/m以下であることが好ましい。より好ましくは、20mN/m以上45mN/m以下であり、更に好ましくは、25mN/m以上40mN/m以下である。表面張力は、Automatic Surface Tensiometer CBVP-Z(協和界面科学株式会社製)を用い、インク組成物を25℃の条件下で測定される。
 また、本発明におけるインク組成物の粘度には特に限定はないが、25℃での粘度が、1.2mPa・s以上15.0mPa・s以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは2mPa・s以上13mPa・s未満であり、更に好ましくは2.5mPa・s以上10mPa・s未満である。粘度は、VISCOMETER TV-22(TOKI SANGYO CO.LTD製)を用い、インク組成物を25℃の条件下で測定される。
 また、本発明におけるインク組成物のpHには特に制限はないが、インク安定性と凝集速度の観点から、pH7.5~10であることが好ましく、pH8~9であることがより好ましい。尚、インク組成物のpHは25℃で、通常用いられるpH測定装置(例えば、東亜ディーケーケー(株)製、マルチ水質計MM-60R)によって測定される。
 またインク組成物のpHは、酸性化合物または塩基性化合物を用いて適宜調製することができる。酸性化合物または塩基性化合物としては通常用いられる化合物を特に制限なく用いることができる。
<Preferred physical properties of ink composition>
The surface tension (25 ° C.) of the ink composition in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 mN / m or more and 60 mN / m or less. More preferably, it is 20 mN / m or more and 45 mN / m or less, More preferably, it is 25 mN / m or more and 40 mN / m or less. The surface tension is measured under conditions of 25 ° C. using an Automatic Surface Tensiometer CBVP-Z (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
Further, the viscosity of the ink composition in the invention is not particularly limited, but the viscosity at 25 ° C. is preferably 1.2 mPa · s or more and 15.0 mPa · s or less, more preferably 2 mPa · s or more. It is less than 13 mPa · s, more preferably 2.5 mPa · s or more and less than 10 mPa · s. The viscosity is measured using a VISCOMETER TV-22 (manufactured by TOKI SANGYO CO. LTD) under the condition of 25 ° C. of the ink composition.
The pH of the ink composition in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7.5 to 10 and more preferably 8 to 9 from the viewpoint of ink stability and aggregation rate. The pH of the ink composition is 25 ° C., and is measured by a commonly used pH measuring device (for example, multi water quality meter MM-60R manufactured by Toa DKK Co., Ltd.).
The pH of the ink composition can be appropriately adjusted using an acidic compound or a basic compound. As the acidic compound or the basic compound, a commonly used compound can be used without particular limitation.
≪インクセット≫
 本発明のインクセットは、既述の本発明のインク組成物の少なくとも1種と、該インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる凝集成分を含有する処理液の少なくとも1種と、を含む。
 前記処理液をインク組成物と共に用いて画像を形成することで、インクジェット記録を高速化することができ、また高速記録しても、濃度、解像度の高い描画性(例えば細線や微細部分の再現性)に優れた画像が得られる。
 一般に、前記処理液を用いた画像形成では、インク組成物中の顔料を凝集させて画像を形成するため、光沢ムラが発生しやすい傾向がある。このため、前記処理液を用いた画像形成では、本発明による光沢ムラ抑制の効果がより効果的に奏される。
 更に、前述のとおり、前記処理液を用いた画像形成では、主にインク組成物中に含まれる特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物の効果により、乾燥途中の状態にあるインク組成物の粘度が顕著に上昇するので、本発明による画像割れ抑制の効果及び光沢ムラ抑制の効果が特に顕著に得られる。
≪Ink set≫
The ink set of the present invention includes at least one of the ink compositions of the present invention described above and at least one treatment liquid containing an aggregating component that aggregates the components in the ink composition.
By forming an image using the treatment liquid together with the ink composition, it is possible to increase the speed of ink jet recording, and even when recording at a high speed, drawability with high density and resolution (for example, reproducibility of fine lines and fine portions). ) Is excellent.
In general, in the image formation using the processing liquid, gloss unevenness tends to occur because an image is formed by aggregating pigments in the ink composition. For this reason, in the image formation using the processing liquid, the effect of suppressing uneven glossiness according to the present invention is more effectively achieved.
Furthermore, as described above, in image formation using the treatment liquid, the viscosity of the ink composition in the middle of drying is remarkably increased mainly due to the effect of the specific (meth) acrylamide compound contained in the ink composition. Therefore, the effect of suppressing image cracking and the effect of suppressing gloss unevenness according to the present invention are particularly prominent.
<処理液>
 処理液は、インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる凝集成分を少なくとも1種含有する。
 この凝集成分は、インク組成物と接触したときに凝集体を形成する。
 前記凝集成分としては、インク組成物のpHを変化させることができる化合物であっても、多価金属塩であっても、カチオン性ポリマーであってもよい。本発明においては、インク組成物の凝集性の観点から、インク組成物のpHを変化させることができる化合物が好ましく、インク組成物のpHを低下させ得る化合物がより好ましい。
<Processing liquid>
The treatment liquid contains at least one aggregation component that aggregates the components in the ink composition.
This aggregating component forms an agglomerate when contacted with the ink composition.
The aggregation component may be a compound capable of changing the pH of the ink composition, a polyvalent metal salt, or a cationic polymer. In the present invention, from the viewpoint of cohesiveness of the ink composition, a compound capable of changing the pH of the ink composition is preferable, and a compound capable of lowering the pH of the ink composition is more preferable.
 インク組成物のpHを低下させ得る化合物としては、酸(酸性物質)を挙げることができる。
 酸としては、例えば、硫酸、塩酸、硝酸、リン酸、ポリアクリル酸、酢酸、グリコール酸、マロン酸、リンゴ酸、マレイン酸、アスコルビン酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、フマル酸、クエン酸、酒石酸、乳酸、スルホン酸、オルトリン酸、ピロリドンカルボン酸、ピロンカルボン酸、ピロールカルボン酸、フランカルボン酸、ピリジンカルボン酸、クマリン酸、チオフェンカルボン酸、ニコチン酸、若しくはこれらの化合物の誘導体、又はこれらの塩等が好適に挙げられる。
 酸は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
Examples of the compound that can lower the pH of the ink composition include acids (acidic substances).
Examples of the acid include sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, polyacrylic acid, acetic acid, glycolic acid, malonic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, ascorbic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, fumaric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, Lactic acid, sulfonic acid, orthophosphoric acid, pyrrolidone carboxylic acid, pyrone carboxylic acid, pyrrole carboxylic acid, furan carboxylic acid, pyridine carboxylic acid, coumaric acid, thiophene carboxylic acid, nicotinic acid, derivatives of these compounds, or salts thereof, etc. Are preferable.
An acid may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
 処理液が酸を含む場合、処理液のpH(25℃)は、6以下が好ましく、より好ましくはpHは4以下であり、更に好ましくは1~4の範囲であり、特に好ましいpHは1~3である。このとき、前記インク組成物のpH(25℃)は、7.5以上(より好ましくは8.0以上)であることが好ましい。
 中でも、画像濃度、解像度、及びインクジェット記録の高速化の観点から、インク組成物のpH(25℃)が8.0以上であって、処理液のpH(25℃)が0.5~4である場合が好ましい。
When the treatment liquid contains an acid, the pH (25 ° C.) of the treatment liquid is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less, still more preferably in the range of 1 to 4, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. At this time, the pH (25 ° C.) of the ink composition is preferably 7.5 or more (more preferably 8.0 or more).
In particular, from the viewpoint of image density, resolution, and speedup of inkjet recording, the pH (25 ° C.) of the ink composition is 8.0 or more, and the pH (25 ° C.) of the treatment liquid is 0.5 to 4. Some cases are preferred.
 中でも、本発明における凝集成分としては、水溶性の高い酸が好ましく、凝集性を高め、インク全体を固定化させる点で、有機酸が好ましく、2価以上の有機酸がより好ましく、2価以上3価以下の酸性物質が特に好ましい。前記2価以上の有機酸としては、その第1pKaが3.5以下の有機酸が好ましく、より好ましくは3.0以下の有機酸である。具体的には、例えば、リン酸、シュウ酸、マロン酸、クエン酸などが好適に挙げられる。 Among them, the aggregating component in the present invention is preferably a highly water-soluble acid, preferably an organic acid, more preferably a divalent or higher valent organic acid in terms of enhancing the aggregating property and fixing the whole ink. A trivalent or less acidic substance is particularly preferred. The divalent or higher organic acid is preferably an organic acid having a first pKa of 3.5 or less, more preferably an organic acid of 3.0 or less. Specific examples include phosphoric acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, citric acid and the like.
 凝集成分として使用することができる多価金属塩やカチオン性ポリマーについては、例えば、特開2011-042150号公報の段落0155~0156に記載されている多価金属塩やカチオン性ポリマーを用いることができる。 As the polyvalent metal salt and the cationic polymer that can be used as the aggregating component, for example, the polyvalent metal salt and the cationic polymer described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP 2011-042150 A can be used. it can.
 前記凝集成分は、1種単独で又は2種以上を混合して用いることができる。
 前記凝集成分の処理液中における含有量としては、1~50質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~45質量%であり、更に好ましくは5~40質量%の範囲である。
The aggregating components can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the aggregating component in the treatment liquid is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3 to 45% by mass, and still more preferably 5 to 40% by mass.
 また、処理液は、重合開始剤の少なくとも1種を含有することができる。重合開始剤の好ましい範囲については前述のとおりである。 Further, the treatment liquid can contain at least one polymerization initiator. The preferred range of the polymerization initiator is as described above.
 また、処理液には、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内で、更にその他の成分として他の添加剤が含有されてもよい。他の添加剤の例として、乾燥防止剤(湿潤剤)、褪色防止剤、乳化安定剤、浸透促進剤、紫外線吸収剤、防腐剤、防黴剤、pH調整剤、表面張力調整剤、消泡剤、粘度調整剤、分散剤、分散安定剤、防錆剤、キレート剤等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。 In addition, the processing liquid may further contain other additives as other components within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Examples of other additives include anti-drying agents (wetting agents), anti-fading agents, emulsion stabilizers, penetration enhancers, UV absorbers, preservatives, anti-fungal agents, pH adjusters, surface tension adjusters, antifoaming agents Known additives such as an agent, a viscosity modifier, a dispersant, a dispersion stabilizer, a rust inhibitor, and a chelating agent can be used.
≪画像形成方法≫
 本発明の画像形成方法は、既述の本発明のインク組成物をインクジェット法により記録媒体上に付与して画像を形成するインク付与工程と、前記インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる凝集成分を含む処理液を記録媒体上に付与する処理液付与工程と、前記処理液付与工程及び前記インク付与工程後の画像を乾燥させる乾燥工程と、を有する。本発明の画像形成方法は、必要に応じその他の工程を有していてもよい。
 本発明の画像形成方法によれば、前述のとおり、主にインク組成物中に含まれる特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物の効果により、処理液とともに記録媒体に付与されて乾燥途中の状態にあるインク組成物の粘度が顕著に上昇するので、本発明による画像割れ抑制の効果及び光沢ムラ抑制の効果が特に顕著に得られる。
≪Image formation method≫
The image forming method of the present invention comprises an ink applying step for forming an image by applying the ink composition of the present invention described above onto a recording medium by an ink jet method, and an aggregating component for aggregating the components in the ink composition. A treatment liquid application step for applying the treatment liquid to the recording medium; and a drying step for drying the image after the treatment liquid application step and the ink application step. The image forming method of the present invention may have other steps as necessary.
According to the image forming method of the present invention, as described above, the ink composition which is applied to the recording medium together with the treatment liquid and is in the middle of drying mainly due to the effect of the specific (meth) acrylamide compound contained in the ink composition. Since the viscosity of the product is remarkably increased, the effect of suppressing image cracking and the effect of suppressing gloss unevenness according to the present invention are particularly remarkable.
<インク付与工程>
 前記インク付与工程は、既述の本発明のインク組成物を、例えばインクジェット法により記録媒体上に付与する工程である。
 本工程では、記録媒体上に選択的にインク組成物を付与でき、所望の可視画像を形成できる。なお、インク組成物の詳細及び好ましい態様などインク組成物の詳細については、インク組成物に関する説明で既述した通りである。
<Ink application process>
The ink application step is a step of applying the ink composition of the present invention described above onto a recording medium by, for example, an inkjet method.
In this step, the ink composition can be selectively applied onto the recording medium, and a desired visible image can be formed. The details of the ink composition, such as details and preferred embodiments of the ink composition, are as described above in the description of the ink composition.
 インクジェット法を利用した画像の記録は、具体的には、エネルギーを供与することにより、所望の被記録媒体、すなわち普通紙、樹脂コート紙、例えば特開平8-169172号公報、同8-27693号公報、同2-276670号公報、同7-276789号公報、同9-323475号公報、特開昭62-238783号公報、特開平10-153989号公報、同10-217473号公報、同10-235995号公報、同10-337947号公報、同10-217597号公報、同10-337947号公報等に記載のインクジェット専用紙、フィルム、電子写真共用紙、布帛、ガラス、金属、陶磁器等に液体組成物を吐出することにより行なえる。なお、本発明に好ましいインクジェット記録方法として、特開2003-306623号公報の段落番号0093~0105に記載の方法が適用できる。 Specifically, when an image is recorded using the ink jet method, energy is applied to the desired recording medium, that is, plain paper, resin-coated paper, for example, JP-A-8-169172 and 8-27693. JP-A-2-276670, 7-276789, 9-323475, JP-A-62-238783, JP-A-10-153898, JP-A-10-217473, 10- No. 235995, No. 10-337947, No. 10-217597, No. 10-337947 etc. This can be done by discharging objects. As a preferred ink jet recording method for the present invention, the methods described in paragraph numbers 0093 to 0105 of JP-A No. 2003-306623 can be applied.
 インクジェット法は、特に制限はなく、公知の方式、例えば、静電誘引力を利用してインクを吐出させる電荷制御方式、ピエゾ素子の振動圧力を利用するドロップオンデマンド方式(圧力パルス方式)、電気信号を音響ビームに変えインクに照射して放射圧を利用してインクを吐出させる音響インクジェット方式、及びインクを加熱して気泡を形成し、生じた圧力を利用するサーマルインクジェット(バブルジェット(登録商標))方式等のいずれを用いてもよい。インクジェット法としては、特に、特開昭54-59936号公報に記載の方法で、熱エネルギーの作用を受けたインクが急激な体積変化を生じ、この状態変化による作用力によって、インクをノズルから吐出させるインクジェット法を有効に利用することができる。 The inkjet method is not particularly limited, and is a known method, for example, a charge control method that discharges ink using electrostatic attraction, a drop-on-demand method (pressure pulse method) that uses vibration pressure of a piezoelectric element, an electric method An acoustic ink jet system that converts a signal into an acoustic beam, irradiates the ink with ink and ejects the ink using radiation pressure, and a thermal ink jet (bubble jet (registered trademark)) that heats the ink to form bubbles and uses the generated pressure. )) Any of the methods may be used. As an ink jet method, in particular, the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 54-59936 causes a sudden change in volume of the ink subjected to the action of thermal energy, and the ink is ejected from the nozzle by the action force caused by this state change. Ink jet method can be used effectively.
 尚、前記インクジェット法には、フォトインクと称する濃度の低いインクを小さい体積で多数射出する方式、実質的に同じ色相で濃度の異なる複数のインクを用いて画質を改良する方式、及び無色透明のインクを用いる方式が含まれる。 The inkjet method includes a method of ejecting a large number of low-density inks called photo inks in a small volume, a method of improving image quality using a plurality of inks having substantially the same hue and different concentrations, and colorless and transparent. A method using ink is included.
 また、インクジェット法で用いるインクジェットヘッドは、オンデマンド方式でもコンティニュアス方式でも構わない。また、吐出方式としては、電気-機械変換方式(例えば、シングルキャビティー型、ダブルキャビティー型、ベンダー型、ピストン型、シェアーモード型、シェアードウォール型等)、電気-熱変換方式(例えば、サーマルインクジェット型、バブルジェット(登録商標)型等)、静電吸引方式(例えば、電界制御型、スリットジェット型等)及び放電方式(例えば、スパークジェット型等)などを具体的な例として挙げることができるが、いずれの吐出方式を用いても構わない。
 尚、前記インクジェット法により記録を行う際に使用するインクノズル等については特に制限はなく、目的に応じて、適宜選択することができる。
In addition, an ink jet head used in the ink jet method may be an on-demand method or a continuous method. Discharge methods include electro-mechanical conversion methods (eg, single cavity type, double cavity type, bender type, piston type, shear mode type, shared wall type, etc.), and electro-thermal conversion methods (eg, thermal Specific examples include an ink jet type, a bubble jet (registered trademark) type, an electrostatic suction type (for example, an electric field control type, a slit jet type, etc.) and a discharge type (for example, a spark jet type). However, any discharge method may be used.
There are no particular restrictions on the ink nozzles used when recording by the ink jet method, and they can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
 インクジェット記録方法の具体例を以下に示す。
 インクジェット記録方法として、(1)静電吸引方式とよばれる方法がある。静電吸引方式は、ノズルとノズルの前方に配置された加速電極との間に強電界を印加し、ノズルから液滴状のインクを連続的に噴射させ、そのインク滴が偏向電極間を通過する間に印刷情報信号を偏向電極に与えることによって、インク滴を記録媒体上に向けて飛ばしてインクを記録媒体上に定着させて画像を記録する方法、又はインク滴を偏向させずに、印刷情報信号に従ってインク滴をノズルから記録媒体上にむけて噴射させることにより画像を記録媒体上に定着させて記録する方法である。
Specific examples of the ink jet recording method are shown below.
As an ink jet recording method, there is (1) a method called an electrostatic attraction method. In the electrostatic suction method, a strong electric field is applied between the nozzle and the acceleration electrode arranged in front of the nozzle, and droplet-like ink is continuously ejected from the nozzle, and the ink droplet passes between the deflection electrodes. In the meantime, by supplying a printing information signal to the deflection electrode, the ink droplets are blown onto the recording medium to fix the ink on the recording medium, and the image is recorded or printing is performed without deflecting the ink droplets. In this method, an image is fixed on a recording medium by ejecting ink droplets from a nozzle onto the recording medium in accordance with an information signal.
 また、(2)小型ポンプによってインク液に圧力を加えるとともに、インクジェットノズルを水晶振動子等によって機械的に振動させることによって、強制的にノズルからインク滴を噴射させる方法がある。ノズルから噴射されたインク滴は、噴射されると同時に帯電され、このインク滴が偏向電極間を通過する間に印刷情報信号を偏向電極に与えてインク滴を記録媒体に向かって飛ばすことにより、記録媒体上に画像を記録する方法である。 (2) There is a method of forcibly ejecting ink droplets from the nozzles by applying pressure to the ink liquid with a small pump and mechanically vibrating the ink-jet nozzle with a quartz vibrator or the like. The ink droplet ejected from the nozzle is charged at the same time as it is ejected, and while the ink droplet passes between the deflection electrodes, a print information signal is given to the deflection electrode to fly the ink droplet toward the recording medium, This is a method for recording an image on a recording medium.
 次に、(3)インク液に圧電素子によって圧力と印刷情報信号を同時に加え、ノズルからインク滴を記録媒体に向けて噴射させ、記録媒体上に画像を記録する方法(ピエゾ)、(4)印刷信号情報にしたがって微小電極を用いてインク液を加熱して発泡させ、この泡を膨張させることによってインク液をノズルから記録媒体に向けて噴射し、記録媒体上に画像を記録する方法(バブルジェット(登録商標))がある。 Next, (3) a method of simultaneously applying pressure and a print information signal to the ink liquid by a piezoelectric element, ejecting ink droplets from the nozzles toward the recording medium, and recording an image on the recording medium (piezo), (4) A method for recording an image on a recording medium by injecting the ink liquid from a nozzle toward a recording medium by expanding the bubbles by heating the ink liquid using microelectrodes in accordance with print signal information (bubble Jet (registered trademark).
 インクジェットヘッドとしては、短尺のシリアルヘッドを用い、ヘッドを記録媒体の幅方向に走査させながら記録を行なうシャトル方式と、記録媒体の1辺の全域に対応して記録素子が配列されているラインヘッドを用いたライン方式とがある。ライン方式では、記録素子の配列方向と直交する方向に記録媒体を走査させることで記録媒体の全面に画像記録を行なうことができ、短尺ヘッドを走査するキャリッジ等の搬送系が不要となる。また、キャリッジの移動と記録媒体との複雑な走査制御が不要になり、記録媒体だけが移動するので、シャトル方式に比べて記録速度の高速化が実現できる。本発明の画像形成方法は、これらのいずれにも適用可能であるが、一般にダミージェットを行なわないライン方式に適用した場合に、吐出精度及び画像の耐擦過性の向上効果が大きい。 As an inkjet head, a short serial head is used, and a shuttle system that performs recording while scanning the head in the width direction of the recording medium, and a line head in which recording elements are arranged corresponding to the entire area of one side of the recording medium There is a line system using. In the line system, an image can be recorded on the entire surface of the recording medium by scanning the recording medium in a direction orthogonal to the arrangement direction of the recording elements, and a carriage system such as a carriage for scanning a short head is not necessary. Further, since complicated scanning control of the carriage movement and the recording medium is not required, and only the recording medium is moved, the recording speed can be increased as compared with the shuttle system. The image forming method of the present invention can be applied to any of these, but generally, when applied to a line system that does not use a dummy jet, the effect of improving ejection accuracy and image scratch resistance is great.
 インクジェットヘッドから吐出されるインクの液滴量としては、高精細な画像を得る観点で、1~10pl(ピコリットル)が好ましく、1.5~6plがより好ましい。また、画像のムラ、連続諧調のつながりを改良する観点で、異なる液適量を組み合わせて吐出することも有効であり、このような場合でも本発明は好適に使用できる。 The amount of ink droplets ejected from the inkjet head is preferably 1 to 10 pl (picoliter), more preferably 1.5 to 6 pl, from the viewpoint of obtaining a high-definition image. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the unevenness of the image and the continuous gradation, it is also effective to discharge different amounts of liquids in combination, and even in such a case, the present invention can be suitably used.
<処理液付与工程>
 前記処理液付与工程は、前記インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる凝集成分を含む処理液を記録媒体上に付与する工程である。
 この処理液については前述のとおりであり、好ましい範囲も前述のとおりである。
 本工程で記録媒体上に付与された処理液と、前記インク付与工程で記録媒体上に付与されたインク組成物と、が接触して画像が形成される。この場合、インク組成物中の顔料等の分散粒子が凝集し、記録媒体上に画像が固定化される。
<Processing liquid application process>
The treatment liquid application step is a step of applying a treatment liquid containing an aggregation component that aggregates the components in the ink composition onto a recording medium.
The treatment liquid is as described above, and the preferred range is also as described above.
The treatment liquid applied on the recording medium in this step and the ink composition applied on the recording medium in the ink application step contact to form an image. In this case, dispersed particles such as pigments in the ink composition aggregate and the image is fixed on the recording medium.
 処理液の付与は、塗布法、インクジェット法、浸漬法などの公知の方法を適用して行なうことができる。塗布法としては、バーコーター、エクストルージョンダイコーター、エアードクターコーター、ブレードコーター、ロッドコーター、ナイフコーター、スクイズコーター、リバースロールコーター等を用いた公知の塗布方法によって行なうことができる。インクジェット法の詳細については、既述の通りである。 The treatment liquid can be applied by applying a known method such as a coating method, an ink jet method, or an immersion method. As a coating method, a known coating method using a bar coater, an extrusion die coater, an air doctor coater, a blade coater, a rod coater, a knife coater, a squeeze coater, a reverse roll coater or the like can be used. The details of the inkjet method are as described above.
 処理液付与工程は、インク組成物を用いたインク付与工程の前又は後のいずれに設けてもよい。
 本発明においては、処理液付与工程の後にインク付与工程を設けた態様が好ましい。換言すれば、前述のインク付与工程が、本処理液付与工程よりも後に設けられ、本処理液付与工程で記録媒体上に付与された処理液上に前述のインク組成物を付与する工程であることが好ましい。具体的には、記録媒体上に、インク組成物を付与する前に、予め前記処理液を付与しておき、記録媒体上に付与された処理液に接触するようにインク組成物を付与して画像化する態様が好ましい。これにより、インクジェット記録を高速化でき、高速記録しても濃度、解像度の高い画像が得られる。
The treatment liquid application step may be provided either before or after the ink application step using the ink composition.
In the present invention, an embodiment in which an ink application process is provided after the treatment liquid application process is preferable. In other words, the above-described ink application step is a step of providing the above-described ink composition on the treatment liquid provided on the recording medium in the main-treatment liquid application step provided after the main-treatment liquid application step. It is preferable. Specifically, before applying the ink composition onto the recording medium, the treatment liquid is applied in advance, and the ink composition is applied so as to come into contact with the processing liquid applied onto the recording medium. A mode of imaging is preferred. Thereby, inkjet recording can be speeded up, and an image with high density and resolution can be obtained even at high speed recording.
 処理液付与工程における処理液の付与量としては、インク組成物を凝集可能であれば特に制限はないが、好ましくは、凝集成分の付与量が0.1g/m以上となる量とすることができる。中でも、凝集成分の付与量が0.2~0.7g/mとなる量が好ましい。凝集成分は、付与量が0.1g/m以上であるとインク組成物の種々の使用形態に応じ良好な高速凝集性が保てる。また、凝集成分の付与量が0.7g/m以下であることは、付与した記録媒体の表面性に悪影響(光沢の変化等)を与えない点で好ましい。 The application amount of the treatment liquid in the treatment liquid applying step, is not particularly limited as long as it can aggregate the ink composition, preferably, the amount of the applied aggregating component is 0.1 g / m 2 or more that Can do. Of these, an amount that gives an aggregation component of 0.2 to 0.7 g / m 2 is preferable. When the application amount of the aggregating component is 0.1 g / m 2 or more, good high-speed aggregating property can be maintained according to various usage forms of the ink composition. Moreover, it is preferable that the amount of the aggregating component applied is 0.7 g / m 2 or less because the surface properties of the applied recording medium are not adversely affected (such as a change in gloss).
 また、本発明においては、処理液付与工程後にインク付与工程を設け、処理液を記録媒体上に付与した後、インク組成物が付与されるまでの間に、記録媒体上の処理液を加熱乾燥する加熱乾燥工程を更に設けることが好ましい。インク付与工程前に予め処理液を加熱乾燥させることにより、滲み防止などのインク着色性が良好になり、色濃度及び色相の良好な可視画像を記録できる。 In the present invention, an ink application step is provided after the treatment liquid application step, and the treatment liquid on the recording medium is heated and dried after the treatment liquid is applied on the recording medium and before the ink composition is applied. It is preferable to further provide a heat drying step. By heating and drying the treatment liquid in advance before the ink application step, ink colorability such as bleeding prevention is improved, and a visible image with good color density and hue can be recorded.
 加熱乾燥は、ヒータ等の公知の加熱手段やドライヤ等の送風を利用した送風手段、あるいはこれらを組み合わせた手段により行なえる。加熱方法としては、例えば、記録媒体の処理液の付与面と反対側からヒータ等で熱を与える方法や、記録媒体の処理液の付与面に温風又は熱風をあてる方法、赤外線ヒータを用いた加熱法などが挙げられ、これらの複数を組み合わせて加熱してもよい。 Heat drying can be performed by a known heating means such as a heater, a blowing means using blowing air such as a dryer, or a combination of these. As the heating method, for example, a method of applying heat with a heater or the like from the side opposite to the treatment liquid application surface of the recording medium, a method of applying warm air or hot air to the treatment liquid application surface of the recording medium, or an infrared heater was used. The heating method etc. are mentioned, You may heat combining these two or more.
<乾燥工程>
 本発明における乾燥工程は、処理液付与工程及びインク付与工程後の画像インク付与工程後の画像を乾燥させる工程である。
 一般には、かかる乾燥工程を有する画像形成方法では、画像割れや画像の光沢ムラが生じやすい。しかし、本発明の画像形成方法では、既述の本発明のインク組成物が用いられるため、乾燥工程を有する画像形成方法において生じ易い、画像割れや画像の光沢ムラが抑制される。
 乾燥工程では、記録媒体に形成された画像(インク組成物)中の水の少なくとも一部を乾燥除去する。乾燥工程を後述の硬化工程の前に設け、インク組成物中の水の含有量を減らすことで、硬化工程での重合性化合物の硬化反応がより良好に進行する。特に、主走査方向にインクを吐出して1回の走査で1ラインを形成するシングルパス方式により画像形成する方法など、高速で画像形成する場合に、画像形成性が成り立つ感度を確保することができる。
<Drying process>
The drying process in the present invention is a process of drying the image after the treatment liquid application process and the image ink application process after the ink application process.
In general, in an image forming method having such a drying step, image cracks and uneven gloss of images tend to occur. However, in the image forming method of the present invention, since the ink composition of the present invention described above is used, image cracking and gloss unevenness of the image, which are likely to occur in the image forming method having a drying step, are suppressed.
In the drying step, at least a part of water in the image (ink composition) formed on the recording medium is removed by drying. By providing the drying step before the curing step described later and reducing the water content in the ink composition, the curing reaction of the polymerizable compound in the curing step proceeds better. In particular, when image formation is performed at a high speed, such as a method of forming an image by a single pass method in which ink is ejected in the main scanning direction to form one line in one scan, it is possible to ensure the sensitivity with which image formability is established. it can.
 例えば記録媒体の搬送速度を100~3000mm/sとして画像形成する場合に本発明の効果がより奏され、更には搬送速度が、150~2700mm/s、より好ましくは250~2500mm/sとした場合に、乾燥工程を設けたことによる密着性及び耐傷性の向上効果に優れる。 For example, when an image is formed at a recording medium conveying speed of 100 to 3000 mm / s, the effect of the present invention is further achieved. Further, when the conveying speed is 150 to 2700 mm / s, more preferably 250 to 2500 mm / s. Moreover, it is excellent in the effect of improving adhesion and scratch resistance due to the provision of the drying step.
 本発明における乾燥工程においては、必ずしも水を完全に乾燥させる必要はなく、水が画像中及び顔料層中に残存してもよい。乾燥工程では、むしろUV硬化反応を損なわない範囲で残存する程度に乾燥させることが好ましい。 In the drying step of the present invention, it is not always necessary to completely dry the water, and the water may remain in the image and the pigment layer. In the drying step, it is preferable to dry to the extent that it does not impair the UV curing reaction.
 乾燥工程では、最大付与量で付与されたインク組成物(画像)に含まれる水のうち、60~80質量%が除去される乾燥条件(以下、「乾燥量」ということがある。)で、前記インク付与工程で記録媒体上に付与されたインク組成物中に含まれる水の少なくとも一部が除去されることが好ましい。除去される水の量が60質量%以上であると、カックリングが抑制され、画像の密着性を良好に維持できる。また、除去される水の量が80質量%以下であると、画像の密着性が良好である。 In the drying step, the drying conditions (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “dry amount”) in which 60 to 80% by mass of the water contained in the ink composition (image) applied in the maximum applied amount are removed are described below. It is preferable that at least a part of water contained in the ink composition applied on the recording medium in the ink application step is removed. When the amount of water to be removed is 60% by mass or more, cuckling is suppressed, and image adhesion can be maintained satisfactorily. Further, when the amount of water to be removed is 80% by mass or less, the image adhesion is good.
 乾燥条件は、必要に応じて適宜設定されるインク付与工程におけるインク組成物の最大付与量に基づいて設定されてもよい。かかる乾燥条件下で顔料を含むインク組成物中の水を除去することで、カックリングの発生が抑制され、密着性に優れた画像が得られる。 The drying conditions may be set based on the maximum application amount of the ink composition in the ink application process that is appropriately set as necessary. By removing water in the ink composition containing the pigment under such dry conditions, the occurrence of cuckling is suppressed and an image having excellent adhesion can be obtained.
 乾燥工程における乾燥量は、以下のようにして算出することができる。すなわち、
 乾燥工程を設けずにインクの最大付与量で形成した画像に含まれる水分量Wと、所定の乾燥条件による乾燥工程を設けてインクの最大付与量で形成した画像に含まれる水分量Wとをそれぞれ測定する。次いで、WとWとの差の、Wに対する比率((W-W)/W×100[質量%])を求めることで、乾燥工程によって除去される水分量としての乾燥量(質量%)が算出される。
 なお、画像に含まれる水分量は、カールフィッシャー法により測定される。本発明における水分量としては、カールフィッシャー水分計MKA-520(京都電子工業(株)製)を用い、通常の測定条件で測定した水分量を適用する。
The amount of drying in the drying step can be calculated as follows. That is,
The amount of water W 0 contained in the image formed with the maximum amount of ink applied without providing the drying step, and the amount of water W 1 contained in the image formed with the maximum amount of ink applied with the drying step according to the predetermined drying conditions. And are measured respectively. Next, by obtaining the ratio of the difference between W 0 and W 1 to W 0 ((W 0 −W 1 ) / W 0 × 100 [mass%]), drying as the amount of water removed by the drying step is performed. The amount (mass%) is calculated.
The amount of water contained in the image is measured by the Karl Fischer method. As the amount of water in the present invention, the amount of water measured under normal measuring conditions using a Karl Fischer moisture meter MKA-520 (manufactured by Kyoto Electronics Industry Co., Ltd.) is applied.
 乾燥工程で除去されるインク組成物中の水量(乾燥量)は、乾燥後の硬化効率が良好に保たれる点から、最大付与量を15ml/m以下として付与されたインク組成物の全水分量に対して、60~80質量%が好ましく、65~80質量%がより好ましく、70~80質量%が更に好ましい。 The amount of water (dry amount) in the ink composition that is removed in the drying step is the total amount of the ink composition that is applied with a maximum application amount of 15 ml / m 2 or less from the viewpoint that the curing efficiency after drying is kept good. 60 to 80% by mass is preferable, 65 to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 70 to 80% by mass is still more preferable with respect to the amount of water.
 また、乾燥は、前記インク付与工程において記録媒体へのインク組成物の液滴の着弾が完了した時点から5秒以内に開始されることが好ましい。ここで、「着弾が完了した時点から5秒以内」とは、インク滴の着弾が完了した時点から5秒以内に、該インク滴による画像に対して送風されるか又は該インク滴による画像に対して熱が与えられることを意味する。例えば、インク滴の着弾が完了した時点から5秒以内に乾燥領域内に記録媒体を搬送することで、着弾が完了した時点から5秒以内に乾燥が開始される。
 インク滴の着弾が完了した時点から乾燥開始までの時間は、3秒以内がより好ましい。
The drying is preferably started within 5 seconds from the point of time when the ink composition droplets have landed on the recording medium in the ink application step. Here, “within 5 seconds from the point of completion of landing” means that the image of the ink droplet is blown or the image of the ink droplet is within 5 seconds from the point of completion of landing of the ink droplet. On the other hand, it means that heat is given. For example, drying is started within 5 seconds from the completion of landing by transporting the recording medium into the drying area within 5 seconds from the completion of landing of ink droplets.
The time from the completion of ink droplet landing to the start of drying is more preferably within 3 seconds.
 乾燥は、ニクロム線ヒータ等の発熱体で加熱する加熱手段、ドライヤ等の送風を利用した送風手段、あるいはこれらを組み合わせた手段により行なえる。
 加熱方法としては、例えば、記録媒体の画像形成面と反対側からヒータ等で熱を与える方法や、記録媒体の画像形成面に温風又は熱風をあてる方法、赤外線ヒータを用いた加熱法などが挙げられる。加熱は、これらを複数組み合わせて行なってもよい。
Drying can be performed by a heating means for heating with a heating element such as a nichrome wire heater, a blowing means using blowing air such as a dryer, or a combination of these.
Examples of the heating method include a method of applying heat from the opposite side of the image forming surface of the recording medium with a heater, a method of applying warm air or hot air to the image forming surface of the recording medium, a heating method using an infrared heater, and the like. Can be mentioned. Heating may be performed by combining a plurality of these.
<硬化工程>
 本発明の画像形成方法は、更に、上述した乾燥工程(処理液付与工程及びインク付与工程後の画像を乾燥させる工程)の後に、乾燥後の画像に前記インク付与工程により記録媒体上に付与された前記インク組成物に活性エネルギー線を照射して該インク組成物を硬化させる硬化工程を有することが好ましい。
 ここで使用される活性エネルギー線は、α線、γ線、電子線、X線、紫外線、可視光、赤外光などが挙げられる。中でも、紫外線が好ましい。
 硬化工程により、画像中のモノマー成分(重合性化合物)を確実に重合硬化させることができる。このとき、活性エネルギー線を照射する光源を記録媒体の記録面に対向配置し、記録面の全体を照射すれば、画像全体の硬化を行うことができる。なお、活性エネルギー線を照射する光源は、紫外線照射ランプ、ハロゲンランプ、高圧水銀灯、レーザー、LED、電子線照射装置などを採用することもできる。
 前記硬化工程は少なくとも前記インク付与工程の後に設けられるが、前記インク付与工程及び前記処理液付与工程の後に設けられることが好ましい。
<Curing process>
The image forming method of the present invention is further applied to the dried image on the recording medium by the ink application process after the drying process (process for applying the treatment liquid application process and the ink application process). The ink composition preferably has a curing step of irradiating the ink composition with active energy rays to cure the ink composition.
Examples of the active energy rays used here include α rays, γ rays, electron rays, X rays, ultraviolet rays, visible light, and infrared rays. Of these, ultraviolet rays are preferable.
By the curing step, the monomer component (polymerizable compound) in the image can be surely polymerized and cured. At this time, if the light source for irradiating the active energy rays is disposed opposite the recording surface of the recording medium and the entire recording surface is irradiated, the entire image can be cured. Note that an ultraviolet irradiation lamp, a halogen lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a laser, an LED, an electron beam irradiation apparatus, or the like can be adopted as a light source for irradiating active energy rays.
The curing step is provided at least after the ink application step, but is preferably provided after the ink application step and the treatment liquid application step.
 活性エネルギー線の照射条件としては、重合性化合物が重合硬化可能であれば特に制限されない。例えば活性エネルギー線の波長としては、例えば、200~600nmであることが好ましく、300~450nmであることがより好ましく、350~420nmであることがさらに好ましい。
 活性エネルギー線の出力としては、5000mJ/cm以下であることが好ましく、10~4000mJ/cmであることがより好ましく、20~3000mJ/cmであることがさらに好ましい。
The irradiation condition of the active energy ray is not particularly limited as long as the polymerizable compound can be polymerized and cured. For example, the wavelength of the active energy ray is preferably, for example, 200 to 600 nm, more preferably 300 to 450 nm, and further preferably 350 to 420 nm.
The output of the actinic energy ray is preferably at 5000 mJ / cm 2 or less, more preferably 10 ~ 4000mJ / cm 2, further preferably 20 ~ 3000mJ / cm 2.
<記録媒体>
 本発明の画像形成方法は、記録媒体に上に画像を記録するものである。記録媒体には、特に制限はないが、例えば、一般のオフセット印刷などに用いられる、いわゆる上質紙、コート紙、アート紙などのセルロースを主体とする一般印刷用紙を用いることができる。セルロースを主体とする一般印刷用紙を用いる場合、水性インクを用いた一般のインクジェット法による画像記録においては比較的インクの吸収及び乾燥が遅く、打滴後に色材移動が起こりやすく、画像品質が低下しやすいが、本発明の画像形成方法によると、色材移動を抑制して色濃度及び色相に優れた高品位の画像の記録が可能である。
<Recording medium>
The image forming method of the present invention records an image on a recording medium. Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in a recording medium, For example, the general printing paper mainly used for celluloses, such as what is called a quality paper, a coated paper, and art paper, used for general offset printing etc. can be used. When general printing paper mainly composed of cellulose is used, image recording by a general ink jet method using water-based ink is relatively slow in absorption and drying of ink, and color material movement is likely to occur after droplet ejection, resulting in poor image quality. However, according to the image forming method of the present invention, it is possible to record a high-quality image excellent in color density and hue by suppressing color material movement.
 記録媒体としては、一般に市販されているものを使用することができ、例えば、王子製紙(株)製の「OKプリンス上質」、日本製紙(株)製の「しらおい」、及び日本製紙(株)製の「ニューNPI上質」等の上質紙(A)、王子製紙(株)製の「OKエバーライトコート」及び日本製紙(株)製の「オーロラS」等の微塗工紙、王子製紙(株)製の「OKコートL」及び日本製紙(株)製の「オーロラL」等の軽量コート紙(A3)、王子製紙(株)製の「OKトップコート+」及び日本製紙(株)製の「オーロラコート」等のコート紙(A2、B2)、王子製紙(株)製の「OK金藤+」及び三菱製紙(株)製の「特菱アート」等のアート紙(A1)等が挙げられる。また、インクジェット記録用の各種写真専用紙を用いることも可能である。 As the recording medium, commercially available media can be used. For example, “OK Prince Quality” manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd., “Shiraoi” manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd., and Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd. Fine paper (A) such as “New NPI Fine” manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd., “OK Everlight Coat” manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd., and “Aurora S” manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd., Oji Paper Co., Ltd. Lightweight coated paper (A3) such as “OK Coat L” manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd. and “Aurora L” manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd. “OK Top Coat +” manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd. and Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd. Coated paper (A2, B2) such as “Aurora Coat” manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd. Art paper (A1) such as “OK Kanto +” manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd. and “Tokuhishi Art” manufactured by Mitsubishi Paper Industries Co., Ltd. Can be mentioned. It is also possible to use various photographic papers for ink jet recording.
 記録媒体の中でも、一般のオフセット印刷などに用いられる塗工紙が好ましい。塗工紙は、セルロースを主体とした一般に表面処理されていない上質紙や中性紙等の表面にコート材を塗布してコート層を設けたものである。塗工紙は、通常の水性インクジェットによる画像形成においては、画像の光沢や擦過耐性など、品質上の問題を生じやすいが、本発明の画像形成方法では、光沢ムラが抑制されて光沢性、耐擦性の良好な画像を得ることができる。特に、原紙と無機顔料を含むコート層とを有する塗工紙を用いるのが好ましく、原紙とカオリン及び/又は重炭酸カルシウムを含むコート層とを有する塗工紙を用いるのがより好ましい。具体的には、アート紙、コート紙、軽量コート紙、又は微塗工紙がより好ましい。 Among the recording media, coated paper used for general offset printing is preferable. The coated paper is obtained by applying a coating material to the surface of high-quality paper, neutral paper, or the like that is mainly surface-treated with cellulose as a main component and is not surface-treated. The coated paper is liable to cause quality problems such as glossiness and scratch resistance of the image in normal aqueous inkjet image formation. However, in the image forming method of the present invention, gloss unevenness is suppressed and glossiness and resistance to abrasion are reduced. An image having good rubbing properties can be obtained. In particular, a coated paper having a base paper and a coat layer containing an inorganic pigment is preferably used, and a coated paper having a base paper and a coat layer containing kaolin and / or calcium bicarbonate is more preferably used. Specifically, art paper, coated paper, lightweight coated paper, or finely coated paper is more preferable.
<インクジェット記録装置>
 次に、本発明の画像形成方法を実施するのに好適なインクジェット記録装置の一例を図1を参照して具体的に説明する。図1は、インクジェット記録装置全体の構成例を示す概略構成図である。
<Inkjet recording apparatus>
Next, an example of an ink jet recording apparatus suitable for carrying out the image forming method of the present invention will be specifically described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram illustrating a configuration example of the entire inkjet recording apparatus.
 図1に示すように、インクジェット記録装置は、記録媒体の搬送方向(図中の矢印方向)に向かって順次、処理液を吐出する処理液吐出用ヘッド12Sを備えた処理液付与部12と、付与された処理液を乾燥させる加熱手段(不図示)を備えた処理液乾燥ゾーン13と、各種インク組成物を吐出するインク吐出部14と、吐出されたインク組成物を乾燥させるインク乾燥ゾーン15とが配設されている。また、記録媒体の搬送方向におけるインク乾燥ゾーン15の下流側には、紫外線照射ランプ16Sを備えた紫外線照射部16が配設されている。 As shown in FIG. 1, the ink jet recording apparatus includes a processing liquid application unit 12 including a processing liquid discharge head 12S that sequentially discharges a processing liquid in the recording medium conveyance direction (the arrow direction in the figure); A treatment liquid drying zone 13 provided with a heating means (not shown) for drying the applied treatment liquid, an ink ejection part 14 for ejecting various ink compositions, and an ink drying zone 15 for drying the ejected ink composition. Are arranged. Further, an ultraviolet irradiation unit 16 including an ultraviolet irradiation lamp 16S is disposed on the downstream side of the ink drying zone 15 in the conveyance direction of the recording medium.
 このインクジェット記録装置に供給された記録媒体は、記録媒体が装填されたケースから記録媒体を給紙する給紙部から、搬送ローラによって、処理液付与部12、処理液乾燥ゾーン13、インク吐出部14、インク乾燥ゾーン15、紫外線照射部16と順に送られて集積部に集積される。搬送は、搬送ローラによる方法のほか、ドラム状部材を用いたドラム搬送方式やベルト搬送方式、ステージを用いたステージ搬送方式などを採用してもよい。 The recording medium supplied to the ink jet recording apparatus includes a processing liquid application unit 12, a processing liquid drying zone 13, and an ink discharging unit by a conveying roller from a paper feeding unit that feeds the recording medium from a case loaded with the recording medium. 14, the ink drying zone 15, and the ultraviolet irradiation unit 16 are sequentially sent and accumulated in the accumulation unit. In addition to the method using a conveyance roller, the conveyance may be performed by a drum conveyance method using a drum-shaped member, a belt conveyance method, a stage conveyance method using a stage, or the like.
 複数配置された搬送ローラのうち、少なくとも1つのローラはモータ(不図示)の動力が伝達された駆動ローラとすることができる。モータで回転する駆動ローラを定速回転することにより、記録媒体は所定の方向に所定の搬送量で搬送されるようになっている。 Among the plurality of transport rollers, at least one roller can be a drive roller to which the power of a motor (not shown) is transmitted. By rotating a driving roller rotated by a motor at a constant speed, the recording medium is conveyed in a predetermined direction by a predetermined conveyance amount.
 処理液付与部12には、処理液を貯留する貯留タンクに繋がる処理液吐出用ヘッド12Sが設けられている。処理液吐出用ヘッド12Sは、記録媒体の記録面と対向配置された吐出ノズルから処理液を吐出し、記録媒体の上に処理液を液滴付与できるようになっている。なお、処理液付与部12は、ノズル状のヘッドから吐出する方式に限らず、塗布ローラを用いた塗布方式を採用することもできる。この塗布方式は、下流側に配置されたインク吐出部14で記録媒体上にインク滴が着弾する画像領域を含むほぼ全面に処理液を容易に付与することができる。記録媒体上の処理液の厚みを一定にするために、例えば、エアナイフを用いたり、あるいは尖鋭な角を有する部材を、処理液の規定量に対応するギャップを記録媒体との間に設けて設置する等の方法を設けてもよい。 The treatment liquid application unit 12 is provided with a treatment liquid discharge head 12S connected to a storage tank that stores the treatment liquid. The treatment liquid ejection head 12S can eject the treatment liquid from ejection nozzles arranged to face the recording surface of the recording medium, and can apply the treatment liquid on the recording medium. The treatment liquid application unit 12 is not limited to a method of discharging from a nozzle-shaped head, and an application method using an application roller can also be adopted. In this coating method, the treatment liquid can be easily applied to almost the entire surface including the image area where the ink droplets land on the recording medium by the ink discharge unit 14 disposed on the downstream side. In order to make the thickness of the processing liquid on the recording medium constant, for example, an air knife or a member having a sharp corner is provided with a gap corresponding to the specified amount of the processing liquid provided between the recording medium and the recording medium. You may provide the method of doing.
 処理液付与部12の記録媒体搬送方向の下流側には、処理液乾燥ゾーン13が配置されている。処理液乾燥ゾーン13は、例えば、ヒータ等の公知の加熱手段やドライヤ等の送風を利用した送風手段、あるいはこれらを組み合わせた手段を備えていてもよい。加熱手段は、記録媒体の遮断層形成面と反対側(例えば、記録媒体を自動搬送する場合は記録媒体を載せて搬送する搬送機構の下方)にヒータ等の発熱体を設置する方法や、記録媒体の遮断層形成面に温風又は熱風をあてる方法、赤外線ヒータを用いた加熱法などが挙げられ、これらの複数を組み合わせて加熱してもよい。 A treatment liquid drying zone 13 is disposed downstream of the treatment liquid application unit 12 in the recording medium conveyance direction. The treatment liquid drying zone 13 may include, for example, known heating means such as a heater, air blowing means using air blowing such as a dryer, or a combination of these. The heating means may be a method of installing a heating element such as a heater on the side opposite to the barrier layer forming surface of the recording medium (for example, below the conveyance mechanism that carries the recording medium when the recording medium is automatically conveyed) Examples include a method of applying warm air or hot air to the surface of the medium on which the barrier layer is formed, a heating method using an infrared heater, and the like.
 また、記録媒体の種類(材質、厚み等)や環境温度等によって、記録媒体の表面温度は変化するため、記録媒体の表面温度を計測する計測部と該計測部で計測された記録媒体の表面温度の値を加熱制御部にフィードバックする制御機構を設けて温度制御しながら遮断層を形成することが好ましい。記録媒体の表面温度を計測する計測部としては、接触又は非接触の温度計が好ましい。
 また、溶媒除去ローラー等を用いて溶媒除去を行なってもよい。他の態様として、エアナイフで余剰な溶媒を記録媒体から取り除く方式も用いられる。
In addition, since the surface temperature of the recording medium changes depending on the type (material, thickness, etc.) of the recording medium, the environmental temperature, etc., the measuring unit for measuring the surface temperature of the recording medium and the surface of the recording medium measured by the measuring unit It is preferable to provide a control mechanism that feeds back the temperature value to the heating control unit to form the blocking layer while controlling the temperature. As a measurement part which measures the surface temperature of a recording medium, a contact or non-contact thermometer is preferable.
Further, the solvent may be removed using a solvent removal roller or the like. As another embodiment, a method of removing excess solvent from the recording medium with an air knife is also used.
 インク吐出部14は、処理液乾燥ゾーン13の記録媒体搬送方向下流側に配置されている。インク吐出部14には、ブラック(K)、シアン(C)、マゼンダ(M)、イエロー(Y)の各色インクを貯留するインク貯留部の各々と繋がる記録用ヘッド(インク吐出用ヘッド)30K、30C、30M、30Yが配置されている。不図示の各インク貯留部には、各色相に対応するインク組成物が貯留されており、画像の記録に際して必要に応じて各インク吐出用ヘッド30K、30C、30M、30Yに供給されるようになっている。また、インク吐出用ヘッド30K、30C、30M、及び30Yの搬送方向下流側には、図1に示すように、必要に応じて特色インクを吐出可能なように、特色インク吐出用の記録ヘッド30A、30Bを更に配設することもできる。
 なお、図1では、記録用ヘッド30K、30C、30M、30Y、30A、30Bがこの順に配置されているが、インク吐出部14における各色の記録用ヘッドの配置はこの順には限定されず、適宜変更することができる。
The ink discharge unit 14 is disposed downstream of the treatment liquid drying zone 13 in the recording medium conveyance direction. The ink discharge section 14 includes a recording head (ink discharge head) 30K connected to each of the ink storage sections that store black (K), cyan (C), magenta (M), and yellow (Y) color inks. 30C, 30M, and 30Y are arranged. Each ink storage unit (not shown) stores an ink composition corresponding to each hue, and is supplied to each of the ink ejection heads 30K, 30C, 30M, and 30Y as necessary when recording an image. It has become. Further, as shown in FIG. 1, a recording head 30A for spot color ink discharge is provided on the downstream side in the transport direction of the ink discharge heads 30K, 30C, 30M, and 30Y so that spot color ink can be discharged as needed. 30B can be further provided.
In FIG. 1, the recording heads 30K, 30C, 30M, 30Y, 30A, and 30B are arranged in this order. However, the arrangement of the recording heads for the respective colors in the ink ejection unit 14 is not limited to this order, and is appropriately set. Can be changed.
 インク吐出用ヘッド30K、30C、30M、30Yは、記録媒体の記録面と対向配置された吐出ノズルから、それぞれ画像に対応するインクを吐出する。これにより、記録媒体の記録面上に各色インクが付与され、カラー画像が記録される。 The ink ejection heads 30K, 30C, 30M, and 30Y each eject ink corresponding to an image from ejection nozzles arranged to face the recording surface of the recording medium. Thus, each color ink is applied on the recording surface of the recording medium, and a color image is recorded.
 処理液吐出用ヘッド12S、並びにインク吐出用ヘッド30K、30C、30M、30Y、30A、及び30Bはいずれも、記録媒体上に記録される画像の最大記録幅にわたって多数の吐出口(ノズル)が配列されたフルラインヘッドとなっている。記録媒体の幅方向(記録媒体搬送面において搬送方向と直交する方向)に短尺のシャトルヘッドを往復走査しながら記録を行なうシリアル型のものに比べて、記録媒体に高速に画像記録を行なうことができる。本発明においては、シリアル型での記録、又は比較的高速記録が可能な方式、例えば1回の走査で1ラインを形成するシングルパスで主走査方向に吐出して記録できる方式での記録のいずれを採用してもよいが、本発明の画像記録方法によればシングルパスによる方式でも再現性の高い高品位の画像が得られる。 In each of the treatment liquid discharge head 12S and the ink discharge heads 30K, 30C, 30M, 30Y, 30A, and 30B, a large number of discharge ports (nozzles) are arranged over the maximum recording width of the image recorded on the recording medium. Has become a full line head. Compared to the serial type in which recording is performed while reciprocating a short shuttle head in the width direction of the recording medium (direction perpendicular to the conveying direction on the recording medium conveying surface), it is possible to record an image on the recording medium at a higher speed. it can. In the present invention, either a serial type recording or a recording method capable of relatively high speed recording, for example, a recording method capable of recording by ejecting in the main scanning direction by a single pass forming one line by one scanning. However, according to the image recording method of the present invention, a high-quality image with high reproducibility can be obtained even by a single-pass method.
 ここでは、処理液吐出用ヘッド12S、並びにインク吐出用ヘッド30K、30C、30M、30Y、30A、及び30Bは、全て同一構造になっている。 Here, the treatment liquid discharge head 12S and the ink discharge heads 30K, 30C, 30M, 30Y, 30A, and 30B all have the same structure.
 処理液の付与量とインク組成物の付与量とは、必要に応じて調節することが好ましい。例えば、記録媒体に応じて、処理液とインク組成物とが混合してできる凝集物の粘弾性等の物性を調節する等のために、処理液の付与量を変えてもよい。 It is preferable to adjust the application amount of the treatment liquid and the application amount of the ink composition as necessary. For example, the application amount of the treatment liquid may be changed according to the recording medium in order to adjust the physical properties such as the viscoelasticity of the aggregate formed by mixing the treatment liquid and the ink composition.
 インク乾燥ゾーン15は、インク吐出部14の記録媒体搬送方向下流側に配置されている。インク乾燥ゾーン15は、処理液乾燥ゾーン13と同様の構成を有することができる。 The ink drying zone 15 is disposed downstream of the ink discharge unit 14 in the recording medium conveyance direction. The ink drying zone 15 can have the same configuration as the treatment liquid drying zone 13.
 紫外線照射部16は、インク乾燥ゾーン15の記録媒体搬送方向のさらに下流側に配置されており、紫外線照射部16に設けられた紫外線照射ランプ16Sにより紫外線を照射し、画像乾燥後の画像中のモノマー成分を重合硬化させるようになっている。紫外線照射ランプ16Sは、記録媒体の記録面と対向配置されたランプにより記録面の全体を照射し、画像全体の硬化が行なえるようになっている。なお、紫外線照射部16は、紫外線照射ランプ16Sに限らず、ハロゲンランプ、高圧水銀灯、レーザー、LED、電子線照射装置などを採用することもできる。
 紫外線照射部16は、インク乾燥ゾーン15の前後のいずれに設置されていてもよく、インク乾燥ゾーン15の前後両方に設置してもよい。
The ultraviolet irradiation unit 16 is arranged further downstream in the recording medium conveyance direction of the ink drying zone 15, and is irradiated with ultraviolet rays by an ultraviolet irradiation lamp 16S provided in the ultraviolet irradiation unit 16, and in the image after drying the image. The monomer component is polymerized and cured. The ultraviolet irradiation lamp 16S irradiates the entire recording surface with a lamp disposed opposite to the recording surface of the recording medium, so that the entire image can be cured. The ultraviolet irradiation unit 16 is not limited to the ultraviolet irradiation lamp 16S, and a halogen lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a laser, an LED, an electron beam irradiation device, or the like can also be employed.
The ultraviolet irradiation unit 16 may be installed either before or after the ink drying zone 15, or may be installed both before and after the ink drying zone 15.
 また、インクジェット記録装置には、給紙部から集積部までの搬送路に、記録媒体に加熱処理を施す加熱手段を配置することもできる。例えば、処理液乾燥ゾーン13の上流側や、インク吐出部14とインク乾燥ゾーン15との間、などの所望の位置に加熱手段を配置することで、記録媒体を所望の温度に昇温させることにより、乾燥、定着を効果的に行なうようにすることが可能である。 In addition, in the ink jet recording apparatus, heating means for performing a heat treatment on the recording medium can be disposed in the conveyance path from the paper feeding unit to the stacking unit. For example, the temperature of the recording medium is raised to a desired temperature by disposing a heating unit at a desired position such as the upstream side of the treatment liquid drying zone 13 or between the ink discharge unit 14 and the ink drying zone 15. Thus, drying and fixing can be effectively performed.
 以下、本発明を実施例により更に具体的に説明するが、本発明はその主旨を越えない限り、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」及び「%」は質量基準である。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the gist thereof is not exceeded. Unless otherwise specified, “part” and “%” are based on mass.
<シアンインクの調製>
(シアン分散液C1の調製)
 反応容器に、スチレン6部、ステアリルメタクリレート11部、スチレンマクロマーAS-6(東亜合成(株)製)4部、プレンマーPP-500(日油(株)製)5部、メタクリル酸5部、2-メルカプトエタノール0.05部、及びメチルエチルケトン24部を加え、混合溶液を調液した。
<Preparation of cyan ink>
(Preparation of Cyan Dispersion C1)
In a reaction vessel, 6 parts of styrene, 11 parts of stearyl methacrylate, 4 parts of styrene macromer AS-6 (manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), 5 parts of Plenmer PP-500 (manufactured by NOF Corporation), 5 parts of methacrylic acid, 2 parts -0.05 part of mercaptoethanol and 24 parts of methyl ethyl ketone were added to prepare a mixed solution.
 一方、滴下ロートに、スチレン14部、ステアリルメタクリレート24部、スチレンマクロマーAS-6(東亜合成(株)製)9部、プレンマーPP-500(日油(株)製)9部、メタクリル酸10部、2-メルカプトエタノール0.13部、メチルエチルケトン56部、及び2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)1.2部を加え、混合溶液を調液した。 Meanwhile, in a dropping funnel, 14 parts of styrene, 24 parts of stearyl methacrylate, 9 parts of styrene macromer AS-6 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 9 parts of Plenmer PP-500 (manufactured by NOF Corporation), 10 parts of methacrylic acid 2-mercaptoethanol (0.13 parts), methyl ethyl ketone (56 parts), and 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) (1.2 parts) were added to prepare a mixed solution.
 そして、窒素雰囲気下、反応容器内の混合溶液を攪拌しながら75℃まで昇温し、滴下ロート中の混合溶液を1時間かけて徐々に滴下した。滴下終了から2時間経過後これに、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)1.2部をメチルエチルケトン12部に溶解した溶液を3時間かけて滴下し、更に75℃で2時間、80℃で2時間熟成させ、ポリマー分散剤溶液を得た。 In a nitrogen atmosphere, the mixed solution in the reaction vessel was heated to 75 ° C. while stirring, and the mixed solution in the dropping funnel was gradually dropped over 1 hour. Two hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, a solution prepared by dissolving 1.2 parts of 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) in 12 parts of methyl ethyl ketone was added dropwise over 3 hours. Aged at 80 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain a polymer dispersant solution.
 得られたポリマー分散剤溶液の一部について、溶媒を除去することによって単離し、得られた固形分をテトラヒドロフランにて0.1質量%に希釈し、高速GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)HLC-8220GPCにて、TSKgeL SuperHZM-H、TSKgeL SuperHZ4000、TSKgeL SuperHZ2000(東ソー(株)製)を3本直列につなぎ、重量平均分子量を測定した。その結果、重量平均分子量は、ポリスチレン換算で25,000であった。また、酸価は80mgKOH/gであった。 A part of the obtained polymer dispersant solution was isolated by removing the solvent, and the obtained solid content was diluted to 0.1% by mass with tetrahydrofuran to obtain a high-speed GPC (gel permeation chromatography) HLC- Three TSKgeL SuperHZM-H, TSKgeL SuperHZ4000, and TSKgeL SuperHZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) were connected in series at 8220 GPC, and the weight average molecular weight was measured. As a result, the weight average molecular weight was 25,000 in terms of polystyrene. The acid value was 80 mgKOH / g.
 次に、上記のポリマー分散剤溶液を固形分換算で5.0g、シアン顔料としてPigment Blue 15:3(大日精化(株)製)10.0g、メチルエチルケトン40.0g、1mol/L(リットル;以下同様)の水酸化ナトリウム8.0g 及びイオン交換水82.0gを、0.1mmジルコニアビーズ300gと共にベッセルに供給し、レディーミル分散機(アイメックス社製)で1000rpm、6時間分散した。得られた分散液をエバポレーターでメチルエチルケトンが充分に留去できるまで減圧濃縮し、さらに水分散性顔料の濃度が10質量%になるまで濃縮して、水分散性顔料が分散したシアン分散液C1を調製した。
 得られたシアン分散液C1の体積平均粒子径(二次粒子)を、Micorotrac粒度分布測定装置(Version 10.1.2-211BH(商品名)、日機装(株)製)で動的光散乱法により測定したところ、77nmであった。
Next, 5.0 g of the above polymer dispersant solution in terms of solid content, Pigment Blue 15: 3 (produced by Dainichi Seika Co., Ltd.) as a cyan pigment, 40.0 g of methyl ethyl ketone, 1 mol / L (liter; In the same manner, 8.0 g of sodium hydroxide and 82.0 g of ion-exchanged water were supplied to the vessel together with 300 g of 0.1 mm zirconia beads, and dispersed at 1000 rpm for 6 hours with a ready mill disperser (manufactured by Imex). The obtained dispersion was concentrated under reduced pressure using an evaporator until the methyl ethyl ketone was sufficiently distilled off, and further concentrated until the concentration of the water-dispersible pigment reached 10% by mass to obtain a cyan dispersion C1 in which the water-dispersible pigment was dispersed. Prepared.
The volume average particle diameter (secondary particles) of the obtained cyan dispersion liquid C1 was measured by a dynamic light scattering method using a Microtorac particle size distribution analyzer (Version 10.1.2-211BH (trade name), manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). Was 77 nm.
(自己分散性ポリマー粒子P-1(ポリマー粒子)の合成)
 攪拌機、温度計、還流冷却管、及び窒素ガス導入管を備えた2リットル三口フラスコに、メチルエチルケトン360.0gを仕込んで、75℃まで昇温した。その後、フラスコ内温度を75℃に保ちながら、ベンジルメタクリレート151.2g、メチルメタクリレート172.8g、メタクリル酸36.0g、メチルエチルケトン72g、及び「V-601」(和光純薬工業(株)製)1.44gからなる混合溶液を、2時間で滴下が完了するように等速で滴下した。滴下完了後、これに「V-601」0.72g及びメチルエチルケトン36.0gからなる溶液を加え、75℃で2時間攪拌後、さらに「V-601」0.72g及びイソプロパノール36.0gからなる溶液を加え、75℃で2時間攪拌した。その後、85℃に昇温して、さらに2時間攪拌を続け、ベンジルメタクリレート/メチルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸(=42/48/10[質量比])共重合体のポリマー溶液を得た。
 得られた共重合体の、上記同様に測定した重量平均分子量(Mw)は、58000(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)によりポリスチレン換算で算出)であり、酸価は32.6mgKOH/gであった。
(Synthesis of self-dispersing polymer particles P-1 (polymer particles))
360.0 g of methyl ethyl ketone was charged into a 2-liter three-necked flask equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a reflux condenser, and a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C. Thereafter, while maintaining the temperature in the flask at 75 ° C., 151.2 g of benzyl methacrylate, 172.8 g of methyl methacrylate, 36.0 g of methacrylic acid, 72 g of methyl ethyl ketone, and “V-601” (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 1 .44 g of the mixed solution was added dropwise at a constant speed so that the addition was completed in 2 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition, a solution composed of 0.72 g of “V-601” and 36.0 g of methyl ethyl ketone was added thereto, stirred at 75 ° C. for 2 hours, and further a solution composed of 0.72 g of “V-601” and 36.0 g of isopropanol. And stirred at 75 ° C. for 2 hours. Thereafter, the temperature was raised to 85 ° C., and stirring was further continued for 2 hours to obtain a polymer solution of a benzyl methacrylate / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid (= 42/48/10 [mass ratio]) copolymer.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured in the same manner as described above of the obtained copolymer was 58000 (calculated in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC)), and the acid value was 32.6 mgKOH / g. It was.
 次に、得られたポリマー溶液668.3gを秤量し、これにイソプロパノール388.3g及び1mol/L NaOH水溶液145.7mlを加え、反応容器内温度を80℃に昇温した。次に、蒸留水720.1gを20ml/minの速度で滴下し、水分散化した後、大気圧下にて反応容器内温度80℃で2時間、85℃で2時間、90℃で2時間保った。その後、反応容器内を減圧にし、イソプロパノール、メチルエチルケトン、蒸留水を合計で913.7g留去し、固形分濃度(ポリマー粒子濃度)28.0質量%の自己分散性ポリマー粒子P-1(ポリマー粒子)の水分散物を得た。 Next, 668.3 g of the obtained polymer solution was weighed, 388.3 g of isopropanol and 145.7 ml of 1 mol / L NaOH aqueous solution were added thereto, and the temperature in the reaction vessel was raised to 80 ° C. Next, 720.1 g of distilled water was added dropwise at a rate of 20 ml / min to disperse in water, and then the reaction vessel internal temperature was 80 ° C. for 2 hours, 85 ° C. for 2 hours, and 90 ° C. for 2 hours under atmospheric pressure. Kept. Thereafter, the pressure in the reaction vessel is reduced, and 913.7 g of isopropanol, methyl ethyl ketone, and distilled water are distilled off in total, and the self-dispersing polymer particles P-1 (polymer particles) having a solid content concentration (polymer particle concentration) of 28.0% by mass ) Was obtained.
 自己分散性ポリマー粒子P-1の構成成分(構造単位)のうち、ベンジルメタクリレートに由来する構成成分(構造単位)、メチルメタクリレートに由来する構成成分(構造単位)、およびメタクリル酸に由来する構成成分(構造単位)を、以下ではそれぞれ、「構成成分A」、「構成成分B」、「構成成分C」ともいう。
 また、構成成分A、構成成分B、および構成成分Cの質量比〔構成成分Aの質量/構成成分Bの質量/構成成分Cの質量〕を、以下では、構成成分の質量比〔A/B/C〕ともいう。
Among the constituent components (structural units) of the self-dispersing polymer particles P-1, constituent components derived from benzyl methacrylate (structural units), constituent components derived from methyl methacrylate (structural units), and constituent components derived from methacrylic acid Hereinafter, (structural unit) is also referred to as “component A”, “component B”, and “component C”, respectively.
In addition, the mass ratio of the constituent component A, the constituent component B, and the constituent component C [the mass of the constituent component A / the mass of the constituent component B / the mass of the constituent component C] is hereinafter referred to as the mass ratio of the constituent components [A / B / C].
 上記自己分散性ポリマー粒子P-1のガラス転移温度(Tg)を以下の方法で測定したところ、90℃であった。
-ガラス転移温度(Tg)の測定-
 固形分で0.5gの自己分散性ポリマー粒子の水分散物を50℃で4時間、減圧乾燥させ、ポリマー固形分を得た。得られたポリマー固形分を用い、エスアイアイ・ナノテクノロジー(株)製の示差走査熱量計(DSC)EXSTAR6220によりTgを測定した。 測定条件は、サンプル量5mgをアルミパンに密閉し、窒素雰囲気下、以下の温度プロファイルで2回目の昇温時の測定データのDSCのピークトップの値をTgとした。
 30℃→-50℃ (50℃/分で冷却)
 -50℃→120℃(20℃/分で昇温)
 120℃→-50℃(50℃/分で冷却)
 -50℃→120℃(20℃/分で昇温)
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the self-dispersing polymer particles P-1 was measured by the following method and found to be 90 ° C.
-Measurement of glass transition temperature (Tg)-
An aqueous dispersion of self-dispersing polymer particles having a solid content of 0.5 g was dried under reduced pressure at 50 ° C. for 4 hours to obtain a polymer solid content. Using the obtained polymer solid content, Tg was measured with a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) EXSTAR 6220 manufactured by SII Nanotechnology. The measurement condition was that a sample amount of 5 mg was sealed in an aluminum pan, and the DSC peak top value of the measurement data at the second temperature increase was defined as Tg under the following temperature profile in a nitrogen atmosphere.
30 ℃ → -50 ℃ (cooling at 50 ℃ / min)
-50 ° C → 120 ° C (temperature rise at 20 ° C / min)
120 ° C to -50 ° C (cooled at 50 ° C / min)
-50 ° C → 120 ° C (temperature rise at 20 ° C / min)
(4官能アクリルアミド1の合成)
 一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物)として、4官能アクリルアミド1(前述の重合性化合物a。以下例示化合物(a)ともいう)を以下のようにして合成した。
-第一工程-
 スターラーバーを備えた1L容の三口フラスコに、トリス(ヒドロキシメチル)アミノメタン(東京化成工業社製)121g(1当量)、50質量%の水酸化カリウム水溶液84ml、トルエン423mlを加えて攪拌し、水浴下、反応系中を20~25℃で維持し、アクリロニトリル397.5g(7.5当量)を2時間かけて滴下した。滴下後、1.5時間攪拌した。その後、トルエン540mlを反応系中に追加し、その反応混合物を分液漏斗へ移し水層を除いた。残った有機層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、セライトろ過を行ない、減圧下で溶媒留去することによりアクリロニトリル付加体を得た。得られた物質のH-NMR、MSによる分析結果は既知物と良い一致を示したため、さらに精製することなく次の還元反応に用いた。
(Synthesis of tetrafunctional acrylamide 1)
As a (meth) acrylamide compound (specific (meth) acrylamide compound) represented by the general formula (1), tetrafunctional acrylamide 1 (the aforementioned polymerizable compound a. Hereinafter also referred to as the exemplified compound (a)) is as follows. And synthesized.
-First step-
In a 1 L three-necked flask equipped with a stir bar, 121 g (1 equivalent) of tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 84 ml of 50% by weight potassium hydroxide aqueous solution and 423 ml of toluene were added and stirred. The reaction system was maintained at 20-25 ° C. in a water bath, and 397.5 g (7.5 equivalents) of acrylonitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After dropping, the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours. Thereafter, 540 ml of toluene was added to the reaction system, the reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel, and the aqueous layer was removed. The remaining organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered through celite, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain an acrylonitrile adduct. The results of analysis of the obtained substance by 1 H-NMR and MS showed a good agreement with the known substance, and it was used for the next reduction reaction without further purification.
-第二工程-
 容積1Lのオートクレーブに、得られたアクリロニトリル付加体24g、Ni触媒48g(ラネーニッケル2400、W.R.Grace&Co.社製)、及び25質量%アンモニア水溶液(水:メタノール=1:1)600mlを入れ、懸濁させて反応容器を密閉した。反応容器に10Mpaの水素を導入し、反応温度を25℃で16時間反応させた。
 原料の消失をH-NMRにて確認し、反応混合物をセライト濾過し、セライトをメタノールで数回洗浄した。濾液を減圧下溶媒留去することにより、ポリアミン体を得た。得られた物質は、さらに精製することなく次の反応に用いた。
-Second step-
In an autoclave having a volume of 1 L, 24 g of the obtained acrylonitrile adduct, 48 g of Ni catalyst (Raney nickel 2400, manufactured by WR Grace & Co.), and 600 ml of 25% by mass aqueous ammonia solution (water: methanol = 1: 1) were placed. The reaction vessel was sealed by suspending. 10 Mpa of hydrogen was introduced into the reaction vessel and reacted at a reaction temperature of 25 ° C. for 16 hours.
The disappearance of the starting material was confirmed by 1 H-NMR, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, and the Celite was washed several times with methanol. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a polyamine compound. The obtained material was used in the next reaction without further purification.
-第三工程-
 攪拌機を備えた容積2Lの三口フラスコに、得られたポリアミン体30g、NaHCO120g(14当量)、ジクロロメタン1L、及び水50mlを加えて氷浴下、アクリル酸クロリド92.8g(10当量)を3時間かけて滴下した。その後、室温で3時間攪拌した。原料の消失をH-NMRにて確認した後、反応混合物を減圧下で溶媒留去した。続いて、硫酸マグネシウムで反応混合物を乾燥させ、セライトろ過を行ない、減圧下で溶媒留去した。最後に、カラムクロマトグラフィー(酢酸エチル/メタノール=4:1)にて精製することで、常温下、4官能アクリルアミド1(前記一般式(1)において、R=H R=C R=CH、X=Y=Z=0)の固体を得た。
 上記3工程を経て得られた4官能アクリルアミド1の収率は、40質量%であった。
-Third process-
To a 2 L three-necked flask equipped with a stirrer, 30 g of the polyamine obtained, 120 g of NaHCO 3 (14 equivalents), 1 L of dichloromethane and 50 ml of water were added, and 92.8 g (10 equivalents) of acrylic acid chloride was added in an ice bath. The solution was added dropwise over 3 hours. Then, it stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After confirming disappearance of the starting material by 1 H-NMR, the reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered through Celite, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Finally, by purification by column chromatography (ethyl acetate / methanol = 4: 1), tetrafunctional acrylamide 1 (in the general formula (1), R 1 = H R 2 = C 3 H 6 at room temperature) A solid of R 3 = CH 2 , X = Y = Z = 0) was obtained.
The yield of tetrafunctional acrylamide 1 obtained through the above three steps was 40% by mass.
(4官能アクリルアミド2の合成)
 一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物)として、4官能アクリルアミド2(前述の重合性化合物b。以下例示化合物(b)ともいう)を、4官能アクリルアミド1と同様の方法により合成した。
(Synthesis of tetrafunctional acrylamide 2)
As a (meth) acrylamide compound (specific (meth) acrylamide compound) represented by the general formula (1), tetrafunctional acrylamide 2 (the above-mentioned polymerizable compound b. Hereinafter also referred to as the exemplified compound (b)) is converted to tetrafunctional acrylamide. 1 was synthesized in the same manner as in 1.
(シアンインクの調製)
 下記組成を混合し、ADVANTEC社製ガラスフィルター(GS-25)でろ過した後、ミリポア社製フィルター(PVDF膜、孔径5μm)でろ過を行い、シアンインクを得た。
~シアンインクの組成~
・シアン分散液C1(水分散性顔料の濃度:10質量%)…20.0質量%
・ヒドロキシエチルアクリルアミド(単官能アクリルアミド)…15.0質量%
・4官能アクリルアミド1(前記例示化合物a)…10.0質量%
・サンニックスGP250(三洋化成工業(株)製;親水性有機溶剤)…2.0質量%
・オルフィンE1010(日信化学工業(株)製;界面活性剤)…1.0質量%
・イルガキュア2959(BASF社製;光重合開始剤)…3.0質量%
・自己分散性ポリマー粒子P-1(固形分)…2.0質量%
・イオン交換水…合計で100.0質量%となる残量
(Preparation of cyan ink)
The following composition was mixed, filtered through a glass filter (GS-25) manufactured by ADVANTEC, and then filtered through a filter (PVDF membrane, pore size 5 μm) manufactured by Millipore to obtain a cyan ink.
-Composition of cyan ink-
Cyan dispersion C1 (concentration of water-dispersible pigment: 10% by mass) ... 20.0% by mass
・ Hydroxyethylacrylamide (monofunctional acrylamide): 15.0% by mass
Tetrafunctional acrylamide 1 (Exemplary Compound a) 10.0 mass%
・ Sanix GP250 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd .; hydrophilic organic solvent) ... 2.0% by mass
・ Olfin E1010 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .; surfactant) ... 1.0% by mass
・ Irgacure 2959 (manufactured by BASF; photopolymerization initiator) ... 3.0% by mass
・ Self-dispersing polymer particles P-1 (solid content): 2.0% by mass
・ Ion-exchanged water: remaining amount of 100.0% by mass in total
<マゼンタインクの調製>
 上記シアンインクの調製において、シアン顔料Pigment Blue 15:3を、同質量のマゼンタ顔料Pigment Red 122(大日精化(株)製)に変更したこと以外はシアンインクの調製と同様にして、マゼンタインクを調製した。
<Preparation of magenta ink>
The magenta ink was prepared in the same manner as the cyan ink except that the cyan pigment Pigment Blue 15: 3 was changed to a magenta pigment Pigment Red 122 (manufactured by Dainichi Seika Co., Ltd.) in the preparation of the cyan ink. Was prepared.
≪処理液の調製≫
 下記組成の成分を混合して、処理液を調製した。
~処理液の組成~
・マロン酸(和光純薬工業(株)製)…25.0質量%
・ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(和光純薬工業(株)製)…20.0質量%
・エマルゲンP109(花王(株)製、ノニオン性界面活性剤)…1.0質量%
・イオン交換水…合計で100.0質量%となる残量
≪Preparation of treatment liquid≫
The processing liquid was prepared by mixing components having the following composition.
~ Composition of treatment liquid ~
-Malonic acid (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) ... 25.0% by mass
・ Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) ... 20.0% by mass
・ Emulgen P109 (manufactured by Kao Corporation, nonionic surfactant) ... 1.0% by mass
・ Ion-exchanged water: remaining amount of 100.0% by mass in total
≪インクセットの準備≫
 画像形成に先立ち、上記で調製された、シアンインク、マゼンタインク、および処理液を組み合わせたインクセットを準備した。
≪Preparation of ink set≫
Prior to image formation, an ink set prepared by combining the cyan ink, magenta ink, and processing liquid prepared above was prepared.
≪記録媒体の準備≫
 画像形成にあたり、記録媒体として、塗工紙(王子製紙(株)製のOKトップコート+(グレード:A2グロス)、坪量104.7g/m)を準備した。
≪Preparation of recording medium≫
In forming an image, a coated paper (OK Top Coat manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd. + (grade: A2 gloss), basis weight 104.7 g / m 2 ) was prepared as a recording medium.
≪画像形成(インクジェット記録)≫
 まず、図1に示すように、記録媒体の搬送方向(図中の矢印方向)に向かって順次、処理液を吐出する処理液吐出用ヘッド12Sを備えた処理液付与部12と、付与された処理液を乾燥させる処理液乾燥ゾーン13と、各種インク組成物を吐出するインク吐出部14と、吐出されたインク組成物を乾燥させるインク乾燥ゾーン15と、紫外線(UV)を照射可能なUV照射ランプ16Sを備えたUV照射部16とが配設されたインクジェット装置を準備した。
 処理液乾燥ゾーン13は、図示しないが、記録媒体の記録面側には乾燥風を送って乾燥を行なう送風器を備え、記録媒体の非記録面側には赤外線ヒータを備えており、処理液付与部で処理液の付与を開始した後900msecが経過するまでに、温度・風量を調節して処理液中の水の70質量%以上を蒸発(乾燥)できるように構成した。また、インク吐出部14には、ブラックインク吐出用ヘッド30K、シアンインク吐出用ヘッド30C、マゼンタインク吐出用ヘッド30M、及びイエローインク吐出用ヘッド30Yが配置されており、各ヘッドは1200dpi/10inch幅フルラインヘッド(駆動周波数:25kHz)であり、各色をシングルパスで主走査方向に吐出して記録できるようにした。
 本実施例では、図1におけるマゼンタインク吐出用ヘッド30Mとシアンインク吐出用ヘッド30Cと配置を入れ替え、記録媒体上に、マゼンタ、シアンの順にインクを吐出できる配置に変更した。
≪Image formation (inkjet recording) ≫
First, as shown in FIG. 1, the treatment liquid application unit 12 including a treatment liquid ejection head 12 </ b> S that ejects the treatment liquid sequentially in the direction of conveyance of the recording medium (the arrow direction in the drawing) is applied. A treatment liquid drying zone 13 for drying the treatment liquid, an ink ejection section 14 for ejecting various ink compositions, an ink drying zone 15 for drying the ejected ink composition, and UV irradiation capable of irradiating ultraviolet rays (UV) An ink jet apparatus provided with a UV irradiation unit 16 provided with a lamp 16S was prepared.
Although not shown, the processing liquid drying zone 13 is provided with a blower for drying by sending dry air to the recording surface side of the recording medium, and an infrared heater on the non-recording surface side of the recording medium. The temperature and air volume were adjusted and 900% by mass or more of the water in the treatment liquid could be evaporated (dried) by 900 msec after the application of the treatment liquid was started in the application unit. The ink discharge unit 14 includes a black ink discharge head 30K, a cyan ink discharge head 30C, a magenta ink discharge head 30M, and a yellow ink discharge head 30Y. Each head has a 1200 dpi / 10 inch width. It was a full line head (drive frequency: 25 kHz), and each color could be discharged and recorded in the main scanning direction by a single pass.
In this embodiment, the arrangement of the magenta ink ejection head 30M and the cyan ink ejection head 30C in FIG. 1 is changed, and the arrangement is changed so that ink can be ejected in the order of magenta and cyan on the recording medium.
 上記処理液吐出用ヘッド12S、マゼンタインク吐出用ヘッド30M、およびシアンインク吐出用ヘッド30Cにそれぞれ繋がる貯留タンク(不図示)に、上記処理液、上記マゼンタインク、および上記シアンインクを順次、それぞれ装填して、上記処理液、上記マゼンタインク、上記シアンインクをこの順に打滴して画像を形成した。
 また、処理液の記録媒体への付与量は1.5ml/mとした。
 画像形成に際し、マゼンタインク及びシアンインクは、それぞれ、ヘッドから解像度1200dpi×1200dpi、インク滴量2.5plで吐出した。マゼンタインク及びシアンインクは、マゼンタインク及びシアンインクの合計の最大付与量が11ml/mとなる条件で吐出した。
The processing liquid, the magenta ink, and the cyan ink are sequentially loaded into storage tanks (not shown) connected to the processing liquid discharge head 12S, the magenta ink discharge head 30M, and the cyan ink discharge head 30C, respectively. The treatment liquid, the magenta ink, and the cyan ink were ejected in this order to form an image.
The amount of treatment liquid applied to the recording medium was 1.5 ml / m 2 .
During image formation, magenta ink and cyan ink were ejected from the head at a resolution of 1200 dpi × 1200 dpi and an ink droplet amount of 2.5 pl, respectively. The magenta ink and the cyan ink were ejected under the condition that the total maximum application amount of the magenta ink and the cyan ink was 11 ml / m 2 .
 具体的には、画像の形成は以下のようにして行った。
 まず、記録媒体上に処理液吐出用ヘッド12Sから処理液をシングルパスで吐出(付与)した後、処理液の乾燥は処理液乾燥ゾーン13で行ない、処理液乾燥ゾーンを処理液の吐出開始から900msec迄に通過するようにした。処理液乾燥ゾーン13では、着滴した処理液を着滴面の裏側(背面)から赤外線ヒータで膜面温度が40~45℃となるように加熱しながら、送風器により記録面に120℃、5m/secの温風を5秒間あてて乾燥した。
 続いて、記録媒体の処理液が付与された側の面(処理液付与面)に、マゼンタインクを吐出用ヘッド30Mからシングルパスで網点率100%でベタ状に付与し、付与されたマゼンタインク上にシアンインクを吐出用ヘッド30Cからシングルパスで網点率100%でベタ状に付与して画像を得た。
 画像が形成された記録媒体に対し、インク乾燥ゾーン15で前記同様にインク着滴面の裏側(背面)から赤外線ヒータで加熱しながら、送風器により、120℃、5m/secの温風を記録面に5秒間あてて画像を乾燥させた。
 乾燥後の画像に対し、UV照射部16において、UV光(アイグラフィックス(株)製 メタルハライドランプ 最大照射波長 365nm)を積算照射量2J/cmになるように照射して、画像をUV硬化した。
Specifically, the image was formed as follows.
First, after the processing liquid is discharged (applied) from the processing liquid discharge head 12S onto the recording medium in a single pass, the processing liquid is dried in the processing liquid drying zone 13, and the processing liquid drying zone is started from the discharge of the processing liquid. Passed by 900 msec. In the treatment liquid drying zone 13, while the deposited treatment liquid is heated from the back side (back side) of the landing surface with an infrared heater so that the film surface temperature is 40 to 45 ° C., the recording surface is 120 ° C. on the recording surface. Drying was performed by applying warm air of 5 m / sec for 5 seconds.
Subsequently, magenta ink is applied to the surface of the recording medium to which the processing liquid is applied (processing liquid application surface) from the ejection head 30M in a single pass with a single dot ratio of 100%, and the applied magenta. An image was obtained by applying cyan ink onto the ink in a solid form with a dot ratio of 100% in a single pass from the ejection head 30C.
On the recording medium on which the image is formed, hot air of 120 ° C. and 5 m / sec is recorded by a blower while heating with an infrared heater from the back side (back side) of the ink landing surface in the ink drying zone 15 as described above. The image was dried by placing it on the surface for 5 seconds.
The UV irradiation unit 16 irradiates the dried image with UV light (a metal halide lamp, maximum irradiation wavelength 365 nm, manufactured by Eye Graphics Co., Ltd.) so that the integrated irradiation amount is 2 J / cm 2 , and the image is UV cured. did.
≪評価≫
 上記UV硬化後の画像に対し、以下の評価を行なった。評価結果を下記表1に示す。
≪Evaluation≫
The following evaluation was performed on the image after UV curing. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1 below.
<画像割れ>
 上記UV硬化後の画像を光学顕微鏡(倍率300倍)で観察し、下記評価基準に従って、画像割れを評価した。
-評価基準-
A:画像割れは観察されなかった
B:画像の一部に画像割れが観察されたが、画像割れは画像の半分に及ぶものではなかった
C:画像の半分以上の領域に画像割れが観察されたが、画像割れは画像全体に及ぶものではなかった
D:画像全体に画像割れが観察された
<Image cracking>
The image after UV curing was observed with an optical microscope (magnification 300 times), and image cracking was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: Image cracking was not observed B: Image cracking was observed in a part of the image, but image cracking did not reach half of the image C: Image cracking was observed in more than half of the image However, the image crack did not reach the entire image D: Image crack was observed in the entire image
<光沢ムラ>
 上記UV硬化後の画像を目視で観察し、下記評価基準に従って、光沢ムラを評価した。
-評価基準-
A:光沢ムラは観察されなかった
B:わずかに光沢ムラが観察された
C:画像全体に光沢ムラが観察された
<Gloss unevenness>
The UV cured image was visually observed and gloss unevenness was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: Gloss unevenness was not observed B: Gloss unevenness was slightly observed C: Gloss unevenness was observed in the entire image
〔実施例2~36、比較例1~21〕
 実施例1において、シアンインクに含まれる、4官能アクリルアミド1(例示化合物a)および自己分散性ポリマー粒子(詳細には、構成成分Aの種類、各構成成分の質量比〔構成成分A/構成成分B/構成成分C〕)を下記表1および表2に示すように変更したこと以外は実施例1と同様にしてシアンインクを調製した。
 得られたシアンインクを用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、画像形成および評価を行なった。
 評価結果を下記表1および表2に示す。
[Examples 2 to 36, Comparative Examples 1 to 21]
In Example 1, the tetrafunctional acrylamide 1 (exemplary compound a) and self-dispersing polymer particles contained in the cyan ink (specifically, the type of component A, the mass ratio of each component [component A / component) A cyan ink was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that B / constituent component C]) was changed as shown in Tables 1 and 2 below.
Image formation and evaluation were performed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the obtained cyan ink was used.
The evaluation results are shown in Tables 1 and 2 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010

 
~表1および表2の説明~
・Mwは重量平均分子量である。
・4官能アクリルアミド2は、前述の例示化合物(b)である。
・3官能アクリルアミド1は、特開2011-46872号公報の段落0158に記載のノニオン性化合物(c)である。
・3官能アクリレート1は、特開2011-46872号公報の段落0155に記載のノニオン性化合物3である。
・4官能アクリルアミド3は、特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物以外の4官能アクリルアミドであり、詳細には、特開2011-174013号公報の段落0030に記載の重合性化合物3である。
・4官能アクリルアミド4は、特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物以外の4官能アクリルアミドであり、詳細には、特開2011-195822号公報の段落0047に記載の重合性化合物21である。
・4官能アクリルアミド5は、特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物以外の4官能アクリルアミドであり、詳細には、特開2011-195822号公報の段落0049に記載の重合性化合物35である。
・構成成分の質量比〔A/B/C〕は、質量比〔構成成分A/構成成分B(=メチルメタクリレート)/構成成分C(=メタクリル酸)〕を示している。
・構成成分Aはモノマー名で示している。その略号は以下のとおりである。
 BzMA…ベンジルメタクリレート
 PheOEA…フェノキシエチルアクリレート
 IBOMA…イソボルニルメタクリレート
 CyHMA…シクロヘキシルメタクリレート
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
~ Explanation of Table 1 and Table 2 ~
Mw is a weight average molecular weight.
-The tetrafunctional acrylamide 2 is the above-mentioned exemplary compound (b).
Trifunctional acrylamide 1 is a nonionic compound (c) described in paragraph 0158 of JP2011-46872A.
Trifunctional acrylate 1 is nonionic compound 3 described in paragraph 0155 of JP2011-46872A.
The tetrafunctional acrylamide 3 is a tetrafunctional acrylamide other than the specific (meth) acrylamide compound, and specifically, the polymerizable compound 3 described in paragraph 0030 of JP 2011-174013 A.
The tetrafunctional acrylamide 4 is a tetrafunctional acrylamide other than the specific (meth) acrylamide compound, and specifically, the polymerizable compound 21 described in paragraph 0047 of JP2011-195822A.
The tetrafunctional acrylamide 5 is a tetrafunctional acrylamide other than the specific (meth) acrylamide compound, and specifically, the polymerizable compound 35 described in paragraph 0049 of JP2011-195822A.
The mass ratio [A / B / C] of the component indicates the mass ratio [component A / component B (= methyl methacrylate) / component C (= methacrylic acid)].
-Component A is indicated by the monomer name. The abbreviations are as follows.
BzMA: benzyl methacrylate PheOEA: phenoxyethyl acrylate IBOMA: isobornyl methacrylate CyHMA: cyclohexyl methacrylate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 表1および表2に示すように、特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(4官能アクリルアミド1又は4官能アクリルアミド2)、およびガラス転移温度(Tg)90℃以上のポリマー粒子を含むシアンインクを用いた実施例1~36では、画像割れおよび光沢ムラが抑制されていた。
 これに対し、特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物に代えて、3官能アクリルアミド、3官能アクリレート、又は特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物以外の4官能アクリルアミド(4官能アクリルアミド3~5)を用いた比較例1~16及び19~21では、画像割れおよび光沢ムラの少なくとも一方が顕著であった。
 また、ガラス転移温度(Tg)90℃以上のポリマー粒子に代えて、ガラス転移温度(Tg)90℃未満のポリマー粒子を用いた比較例17および18では、画像割れが顕著であった。
As shown in Tables 1 and 2, Examples using cyan ink containing specific (meth) acrylamide compounds (tetrafunctional acrylamide 1 or tetrafunctional acrylamide 2) and polymer particles having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 90 ° C. or higher In 1 to 36, image cracking and gloss unevenness were suppressed.
In contrast, Comparative Examples 1 to 16 using trifunctional acrylamide, trifunctional acrylate, or tetrafunctional acrylamide other than the specific (meth) acrylamide compound (tetrafunctional acrylamide 3 to 5) instead of the specific (meth) acrylamide compound. And 19 to 21, at least one of image cracking and gloss unevenness was remarkable.
In Comparative Examples 17 and 18 in which polymer particles having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 90 ° C. or lower were used instead of polymer particles having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 90 ° C. or higher, image cracking was significant.
 以上の実施例ではシアンインクを用いて評価を行なったが、イエローインクやマゼンタインクなどのシアン以外の色のインクを用いる場合にも、上記実施例と同様に、特定(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物およびガラス転移温度(Tg)90℃以上のポリマー粒子を含むインクを用いることにより、画像割れおよび光沢ムラを抑制できる。 In the above examples, evaluation was performed using cyan ink. However, in the case of using inks of colors other than cyan, such as yellow ink and magenta ink, the specific (meth) acrylamide compound and glass are used in the same manner as in the above examples. By using an ink containing polymer particles having a transition temperature (Tg) of 90 ° C. or higher, image cracking and gloss unevenness can be suppressed.
 日本出願第2012-214629の開示はその全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。
 本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、および技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、および技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。
The entire disclosure of Japanese Application No. 2012-214629 is incorporated herein by reference.
All documents, patent applications, and technical standards mentioned in this specification are to the same extent as if each individual document, patent application, and technical standard were specifically and individually described to be incorporated by reference, Incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (12)

  1.  顔料、水、下記一般式(1)で表される(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物、重合開始剤、及び、ガラス転移温度が90℃以上であるポリマー粒子を含有するインク組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     
    〔一般式(1)中、複数のRは、各々独立に水素原子又はメチル基を表し、複数のRは、各々独立に炭素数2~4の直鎖又は分岐のアルキレン基を表す。但し、Rの両端に結合する酸素原子と窒素原子とがR中の同一の炭素原子に結合した構造をとることはない。複数のRは、各々独立に2価の連結基を表す。複数のkは、各々独立に2又は3を表す。x、y、及びzは、各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、x+y+zは、0~18を満たす。〕
    An ink composition comprising a pigment, water, a (meth) acrylamide compound represented by the following general formula (1), a polymerization initiator, and polymer particles having a glass transition temperature of 90 ° C. or higher.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001


    [In the general formula (1), a plurality of R 1 s each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a plurality of R 2 s each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. However, not to take an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom bonded to both ends of R 2 are bonded to the same carbon atom in R 2 structure. Several R < 3 > represents a bivalent coupling group each independently. Several k represents 2 or 3 each independently. x, y, and z each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6, and x + y + z satisfies 0 to 18. ]
  2.  前記ポリマー粒子の含有量が、インク組成物全量に対し、0.5質量%~5.0質量%である請求項1に記載のインク組成物。 The ink composition according to claim 1, wherein the content of the polymer particles is 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink composition.
  3.  前記ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーが、芳香族基を有する構造単位及び脂環族基を有する構造単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを含有する請求項1又は請求項2に記載のインク組成物。 The ink composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polymer constituting the polymer particles contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit having an aromatic group and a structural unit having an alicyclic group. object.
  4.  前記ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーが、芳香族基を有する構造単位として、ベンジル基を有する構造単位及びフェノキシ基を有する構造単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを含有する請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。 The polymer constituting the polymer particle contains, as a structural unit having an aromatic group, at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit having a benzyl group and a structural unit having a phenoxy group. 4. The ink composition according to any one of 3 above.
  5.  前記ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーが、芳香族基を有する構造単位を、前記ポリマー全量に対し、3質量%~45質量%含有する請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。 The ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the polymer constituting the polymer particles contains 3 mass% to 45 mass% of a structural unit having an aromatic group with respect to the total amount of the polymer. object.
  6.  前記ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーが、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートに由来する構造単位およびフェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートに由来する構造単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを合計で3質量%~45質量%と、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構造単位を合計で5質量%~20質量と、アルキル(メタ)アクリレートに由来する構造単位を合計で40質量%~90質量%と、を含む請求項1~請求項5のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。 The polymer constituting the polymer particles is a total of 3 mass% to 45 mass% of at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from benzyl (meth) acrylate and a structural unit derived from phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate. %, A total of 5% by mass to 20% by mass of structural units derived from (meth) acrylic acid, and a total of 40% by mass to 90% by mass of structural units derived from alkyl (meth) acrylate. The ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  7.  前記ポリマー粒子が、転相乳化法によって得られたポリマー粒子である請求項1~請求項6のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。 The ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the polymer particles are polymer particles obtained by a phase inversion emulsification method.
  8.  前記ポリマー粒子のガラス転移温度が100℃以上である請求項1~請求項7のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。 The ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the polymer particles have a glass transition temperature of 100 ° C or higher.
  9.  請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物と、前記インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる凝集成分を含有する処理液と、を含むインクセット。 An ink set comprising the ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, and a treatment liquid containing an aggregating component for aggregating the components in the ink composition.
  10.  請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物をインクジェット法により記録媒体上に付与して画像を形成するインク付与工程と、
     前記インク組成物中の成分を凝集させる凝集成分を含有する処理液を記録媒体上に付与する処理液付与工程と、
     前記処理液付与工程及び前記インク付与工程後の画像を乾燥させる乾燥工程と、
    を有する画像形成方法。
    An ink applying step of forming an image by applying the ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8 onto a recording medium by an inkjet method;
    A treatment liquid application step of applying a treatment liquid containing an aggregation component for aggregating the components in the ink composition onto a recording medium;
    A drying step of drying the image after the treatment liquid applying step and the ink applying step;
    An image forming method comprising:
  11.  前記記録媒体が、原紙と無機顔料を含むコート層とを有する塗工紙である請求項10に記載の画像形成方法。 The image forming method according to claim 10, wherein the recording medium is a coated paper having a base paper and a coating layer containing an inorganic pigment.
  12.  前記インク付与工程が前記処理液付与工程よりも後に設けられる請求項10又は請求項11に記載の画像形成方法。 The image forming method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the ink application step is provided after the treatment liquid application step.
PCT/JP2013/074544 2012-09-24 2013-09-11 Ink composition, ink set, and method for forming image WO2014045968A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012210184 2012-09-24
JP2012-210184 2012-09-24
JP2012214629 2012-09-27
JP2012-214629 2012-09-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014045968A1 true WO2014045968A1 (en) 2014-03-27

Family

ID=50341282

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/074544 WO2014045968A1 (en) 2012-09-24 2013-09-11 Ink composition, ink set, and method for forming image

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2014045968A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3896131A4 (en) * 2018-12-11 2022-08-24 Sakata INX Corporation Electron beam-curable aqueous inkjet ink composition

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005307198A (en) * 2004-03-26 2005-11-04 Canon Inc Active energy ray-curable aqueous ink and inkjet recording method, ink cartridge, recording unit, and inkjet recording apparatus using the same
JP2007254625A (en) * 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, method for inkjet-recording, printed matter, method for producing planographic printing plate, and planographic printing plate
JP2007277380A (en) * 2006-04-05 2007-10-25 Canon Inc Water-based active energy ray-curing ink, inkjet recording method, and recorded matter
JP2009102454A (en) * 2007-10-19 2009-05-14 Canon Inc Active energy ray-curing type water-based ink composition and inkjet recording method
JP2011178896A (en) * 2010-03-01 2011-09-15 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, ink set and image forming method using the same
JP2011178895A (en) * 2010-03-01 2011-09-15 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, ink set and method of imaging using the ink set
JP2011190414A (en) * 2010-03-16 2011-09-29 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, ink set, and image forming method using the same
JP2011195687A (en) * 2010-03-18 2011-10-06 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, ink set and inkjet recording method
JP2011252092A (en) * 2010-06-02 2011-12-15 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, ink set, and image forming apparatus using the same

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005307198A (en) * 2004-03-26 2005-11-04 Canon Inc Active energy ray-curable aqueous ink and inkjet recording method, ink cartridge, recording unit, and inkjet recording apparatus using the same
JP2007254625A (en) * 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, method for inkjet-recording, printed matter, method for producing planographic printing plate, and planographic printing plate
JP2007277380A (en) * 2006-04-05 2007-10-25 Canon Inc Water-based active energy ray-curing ink, inkjet recording method, and recorded matter
JP2009102454A (en) * 2007-10-19 2009-05-14 Canon Inc Active energy ray-curing type water-based ink composition and inkjet recording method
JP2011178896A (en) * 2010-03-01 2011-09-15 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, ink set and image forming method using the same
JP2011178895A (en) * 2010-03-01 2011-09-15 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, ink set and method of imaging using the ink set
JP2011190414A (en) * 2010-03-16 2011-09-29 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, ink set, and image forming method using the same
JP2011195687A (en) * 2010-03-18 2011-10-06 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, ink set and inkjet recording method
JP2011252092A (en) * 2010-06-02 2011-12-15 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition, ink set, and image forming apparatus using the same

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3896131A4 (en) * 2018-12-11 2022-08-24 Sakata INX Corporation Electron beam-curable aqueous inkjet ink composition

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5623718B2 (en) Ink set and image forming method
EP2781564B1 (en) Ink composition for inkjet
JP5448924B2 (en) Ink composition, ink set, and image forming method using the same
US8430493B2 (en) Ink composition, ink set and inkjet image forming method
JP5404210B2 (en) Ink set for ink jet recording and ink jet recording method
JP5538964B2 (en) Ink composition, ink set, and image forming method using the same
JP5398425B2 (en) Ink set and image forming method
JP5840797B2 (en) Ink composition, ink set, and image forming method
JP2010069805A (en) Ink set and inkjet recording method
JP2010070693A (en) Ink set and inkjet recording method
JP2014070201A (en) Ink set for inkjet recording, and image forming method
JP2010184429A (en) Ink set and image recording method
JP2013180423A (en) Image forming method
JP2011063771A (en) Ink composition, ink set, and image forming method
JP5518397B2 (en) Aqueous ink composition, composite particle manufacturing method, ink set, and image forming method
US8389602B2 (en) Ink composition for ink-jet recording, ink set and image forming method
JP2010137418A (en) Ink set for inkjet recording
JP2011038008A (en) Aqueous ink composition, manufacturing method for composite particle, ink set, and image forming method
JP5414596B2 (en) Image forming method
JP5208792B2 (en) Inkjet recording method
JP5993809B2 (en) Inkjet ink composition, ink set, and image forming method
JP5491907B2 (en) Ink set and image forming method
JP5623792B2 (en) Ink composition, ink set, and image forming method using the same
WO2014045968A1 (en) Ink composition, ink set, and method for forming image
JP2010155907A (en) Ink-jet ink composition, ink set and image formation method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13838935

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13838935

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP